Catalogue

Company Profile Inverter

• Management Philosophy 003 • Models 162
• Company History 004 • Dimension Drawing of Inverter 163
• Professional Machine Tools 005 • Wiring Diagram of Inverter 163
• Precision Quality Inspection Equipment 006 • Characteristics of Inverter Motors 163
• Product Application 007 • Dimension Drawing of Inverter Motors 164
• List of Inverter Motors 165
• Specifications of Inverter 166

AC Motors
• Models and Labels 010
• Induction Motors 012
Speed Controllers
• Reversible Induction Motors 045 • Combined‐type 168
• Electromagnetic Brake Motors 071 • Split‐type 168
• Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motors 101 • Dimension Drawing of Combined‐type 169
• Torque Induction Motors 125 • Dimension Drawing of Split‐type 170
• Speed Control Motors 135 • Wiring Diagram of Split‐type 172
• General Motor Electric Wiring Diagram 158
• Dimension Table of Capacitors 159

01
 PMG DC Motors Hollow Worm Gear Reducer
• Models and Labels 174 • Models 208
• Frame 2 175 • Labels and Installation
• Frame 3 179 Instructions 208

• Frame 4 183 • Frame 25 209

• Frame 5 187 • Frame 30 211 Technical Information

• Frame 40 213 • Technical Information 221

• Frame 50 214

BLDC Motors
• Models and Labels 200
• 75W‐Motor Dimension Linear Reducers
Drawing 201 • Models and Labels 216

• 120W‐Motor Dimension • Frame 0 217

Drawing 203 • Frame 2 217
• Driver Dimension Drawing 205 • Frame 4 218
• Driver Wiring Diagram 206 • Frame 5 218

02
 Company Profile

03
04
 PeeiMoger

05
06
 The Application of Production

In projector screen

In auto-sealer

In bill counter

07
In auto-curtain

08
 AC Induction Motor

09
 Gear Box Models

Machine Type Frame No. Input Speed Bearing Gear box Accessory
shaft ratio

K: Ball bearing
Gear box
L: Oil bearing
0: Frame 0, 42 mm square
2: Frame 2, 60 mm square
3: Frame 3, 70 mm square H: High output
4: Frame 4, 80 mm square
5: Frame 5, 90 mm square
6: Frame 6, 104 mm square
F: Foot stand
N: General helical gear shaft
U: Strengthened helical gear
shaft
K: Spur gear shaft

3 3.6 5 6 7.5 9 10 12.5 15 18

20 25 30 36 50 60
75 90 100 120 150 180
200 250 300 360 500 600
750 900 1000 1200 1500 1800

Gear Box Label

Trademark

Product model

Gear Ratio
Max. allowable torque

Ex‐factory serial number

10
 AC Induction Motor
AC Induction Motor Models

Machine type Frame No. Class Type Output Shaft Voltage Accessory
power

K‐type
Motor

0: Frame 0, 42 mm square
2: Frame 2, 60 mm square
3: Frame 3, 70 mm square
4: Frame 4, 80 mm square
5: Frame 5, 90 mm square
6: Frame 6, 104 mm square

I: AC induction motor
R: Reversible AC induction motor
T: Torque AC Induction Motor
D: PMG carbon brush DC motor
L: PMG brushless DC motor
A: Circular shaft F: Fan
N: General helical gear R: Forced cooling fan
T: Terminal box
shaft B: Electromagnetic Brake
U: Strengthened helical S: Safety Brake
gear shaft E: European standard
K: Spur gear shaft U: UL standard
V: Variable speed control
(US type)
Machine type VD: Variable speed control
(SS type)
C: Electromagnetic clutch
brake group
P: Temperature switch
W: Worm reducer
Trademark Note: The accessories are
arranged in top‐down
Product model sequential order.

Rated specification

Ex‐factory serial number

11
 AC Induction Motor 1W, 3W
Induction Motors [Frame 0][1W, 3W]
Š Single‐phase Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

3 wires, UL3266
Weight: 0.5kg
AWG20

Š Characteristics of Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm)

Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Induction Motors Continuous rating

Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Motor Voltage Frequency Capacitor
power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
model V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.12 1175 0.09 0.14 0.12
M‐0IK1A‐A 1 1Φ110 1.2
60 0.12 1400 0.07 0.14 0.11
- - -
50 0.17 1225 0.25 0.22 0.26
M‐0IK3A‐A 3 1Φ110 2.0
60 0.18 1525 0.20 0.22 0.26

12
 AC Induction Motor 6W
Induction Motors [Frame 2][6W]
Š Single‐phase Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

4 wires, UL3266
AWG20 Weight: 0.75kg
Š Circular Shaft Specification

Note: For applicable machine types, please refer

to the models. We also provide customized
motors.
Š Specifications of Single‐phase Induction Motors Continuous rating
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Motor Voltage Frequency Capacitor
power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
model V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.19 1275 0.46 0.29 0.40
6 1Φ100 3.0
60 0.18 1650 0.36 0.29 0.40
50 0.20 1300 0.45 0.32 0.40
6 1Φ110 2.5
M‐2IK6N‐A 60 0.16 1675 0.35 0.31 0.40
M‐2IK6A‐A 50 0.22 1300 0.45 0.33 0.40
6 1Φ115 2.5
60 0.16 1675 0.35 0.32 0.40
50 0.24 1250 0.47 0.30 0.40
6 1Φ120 2.0
60 0.17 1675 0.35 0.33 0.40
G‐2N ‐L G‐2N ‐K G‐2N10X‐K
50 0.10 1300 0.45 0.14 0.40
6 1Φ200 0.8
60 0.10 1625 0.36 0.14 0.40
50 0.10 1300 0.45 0.14 0.40
6 1Φ220 0.6
M‐2IK6N‐C 60 0.09 1625 0.36 0.14 0.40
M‐2IK6A‐C 50 0.10 1325 0.44 0.15 0.40
6 1Φ230 0.6
60 0.09 1625 0.36 0.15 0.40
50 0.11 1325 0.44 0.16 0.40
6 1Φ240 0.6
60 0.09 1650 0.36 0.16 0.40

13
Š Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes
Model Weight (kg)
G‐2N3‐K / L~G‐2N18‐K / L 0.30
G‐2N20‐K / L~G‐2N60‐K / L 0.31
G‐2N75‐K / L~G‐2N180‐K / L 0.33
G‐2N3‐K / L~G‐2N18‐K / L 0.20

Š Intermediate Gear Box

Š Characteristics of Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐2N□- L 1.0 1.6 2.5 2.7 3.4 4.1 5.0 5.4 6.7 8.1 9.7 16 23 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

14
 AC Induction Motor 15W
Induction Motors [Frame 3][15W]
Š Single‐phase Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

4 wires, UL3266 Weight: 1.05kg
AWG20
Š Circular Shaft Specification

Note: For applicable machine types, please refer

to the models. We also provide customized
motors.
Š Specifications of Single‐phase Induction Motors Continuous rating
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Motor Voltage Frequency Capacitor
power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
model V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.32 1225 1.19 0.49 0.65
15 1Φ100 5.0
60 0.31 1575 0.93 0.47 0.65
50 0.34 1225 1.19 0.54 0.65
15 1Φ110 4.0
M‐3IK15N‐A 60 0.28 1575 0.93 0.50 0.65
M‐3IK15A‐A 50 0.34 1275 1.15 0.57 0.65
15 1Φ115 4.0
60 0.30 1600 0.92 0.55 0.65
50 0.38 1250 1.17 0.59 0.65
15 1Φ120 3.5
60 0.28 1600 0.92 0.54 0.65
G‐3N ‐L G‐3N ‐K G‐3N10X‐K
50 0.17 1250 1.17 0.26 0.65
15 1Φ200 1.5
60 0.19 1575 0.93 0.26 0.65
50 0.17 1225 1.19 0.27 0.65
15 1Φ220 1.0
M‐3IK15N‐C 60 0.15 1550 0.95 0.26 0.65
M‐3IK15A‐C 50 0.18 1250 1.17 0.28 0.65
15 1Φ230 1.0
60 0.15 1575 0.93 0.27 0.65
50 0.20 1225 1.19 0.30 0.65
15 1Φ240 0.8
60 0.15 1550 0.95 0.27 0.65

15
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐3N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 7.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐3N3‐K / L~G‐3N18‐K / L 0.44
G‐3N20‐K / L~G‐3N60‐K / L 0.48
G‐3N75‐K / L~G‐3N180‐K / L 0.53
G‐3N10X‐K 0.32

Š Characteristics of Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐3N□- L 2.4 4.0 6.0 6.7 8.2 10 12 13 16 19 23 39 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

16
 AC Induction Motor 25W
Induction Motors [Frame 4][25W]
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

Single‐phase: 4 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20 Weight: 1.6kg
Tri‐phase: 6 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Induction Motors with Š Circular Shaft Specification
Connection Box
PG‐09 applicable cable ∮4.5~∮8

Note: For applicable machine types, please refer to

the models. We also provide customized motors.

Weight: 1.8kg

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Induction Motors Continuous rating

Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Motor Voltage Frequency Capacitor
power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
model V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.51 1275 1.91 0.96 1.20
25 1Φ100 7.0
60 0.50 1525 1.60 0.88 1.20
50 0.53 1300 1.88 1.05 1.20
25 1Φ110 6.0
M‐4IK25N‐A 60 0.43 1625 1.50 0.97 1.20
M‐4IK25A‐A 50 0.53 1325 1.84 1.10 1.20
25 1Φ115 6.0
60 0.44 1625 1.50 1.01 1.20
50 0.55 1325 1.84 1.14 1.20
25 1Φ120 5.0
60 0.46 1625 1.50 1.07 1.20
G‐4N ‐L G‐4N ‐K G‐4N10X‐K
50 0.25 1275 1.91 0.47 1.20
25 1Φ200 2.0
60 0.27 1525 1.60 0.44 1.20
50 0.25 1300 1.88 0.51 1.20
25 1Φ220 1.5
M‐4IK25N‐C 60 0.23 1575 1.55 0.48 1.20
M‐4IK25A‐C 50 0.25 1325 1.84 0.54 1.20
25 1Φ230 1.5
60 0.23 1625 1.50 0.50 1.20
50 0.29 1300 1.88 0.56 1.20
25 1Φ240 1.2
60 0.24 1600 1.53 0.52 1.20

17
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐4N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 7.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐4N3‐K / L~G‐4N18‐K / L 0.60
G‐4N20‐K / L~G‐4N60‐K / L 0.65
G‐4N75‐K / L~G‐4N180‐K / L 0.71
G‐4N10X‐K 0.41

Š Specifications of Tri‐phase Induction Motors Continuous rating

Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Motor Voltage Frequency Capacitor
power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
model V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.26 1325 1.84 0.66 5.00
25 1Φ200 ‐
60 0.21 1575 1.55 0.61 5.00
50 0.29 1350 1.81 0.72 5.00
M‐4IK25N‐S 25 1Φ220 ‐
60 0.23 1625 1.50 0.68 5.00
M‐4IK25A‐S
50 0.31 1375 1.77 0.76 5.00
25 1Φ230 ‐
60 0.24 1625 1.50 0.71 5.00
25 1Φ380 50 0.16 1350 1.81 0.41 5.00 ‐
50 0.17 1375 1.77 0.43 5.00 G‐4N ‐L G‐4N ‐K G‐4N10X‐K
25 1Φ400 ‐
60 0.13 1625 1.50 0.40 5.00
50 0.11 1325 1.84 0.31 5.00
25 1Φ415 ‐
M‐4IK25N‐U 60 0.10 1575 1.55 0.29 5.00
M‐4IK25A‐U 50 0.12 1350 1.81 0.32 5.00
25 1Φ440 ‐
60 0.10 1625 1.50 0.30 5.00
50 0.13 1375 1.77 0.34 5.00
25 1Φ460 ‐
60 0.10 1625 1.50 0.32 5.00

18
 AC Induction Motor 25W
Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Characteristics of Tri‐phase Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐4N□- L 4.0 6.7 10 11 13 16 20 21 26 32 39 65 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

19
 Factory Environment

Do not be afraid of the shadow in front of you, because it means sunshine is behind you. Face the sunshine
and the shadows will always be behind you.

20
 AC Induction Motor 40W
Induction Motors [Frame 5][40W]
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

Single‐phase: 4 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20 Weight: 2.45kg
Tri‐phase: 6 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Induction Motors with Š Circular Shaft Specification
Connection Box
PG‐09 applicable cable
∮4.5~∮8

Note: For applicable machine types,

please refer to the models. We also
provide customized motors.

Weight: 2.65kg

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Induction Motors Continuous rating

Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Motor Voltage Frequency Capacitor
power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
model V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.78 1375 2.84 2.21 2.00
40 1Φ100 12.0
60 0.77 1675 2.33 2.03 2.00
50 0.81 1375 2.84 2.24 2.00
40 1Φ110 10.0
M‐5IK40N‐A 60 0.77 1675 2.33 2.18 2.00
M‐5IK40A‐A 50 0.78 1400 2.79 2.30 2.00
40 1Φ115 10.0
60 0.71 1700 2.29 2.26 2.00
50 0.88 1400 2.79 2.42 2.00
40 1Φ120 8.0
60 0.66 1700 2.29 2.34 2.00
G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
50 0.31 1350 2.89 0.70 2.00
40 1Φ200 2.5
60 0.33 1650 2.36 0.64 2.00
50 0.30 1375 2.84 0.77 2.00
40 1Φ220 2.3
M‐5IK40N‐C 60 0.29 1675 2.33 0.70 2.00
M‐5IK40A‐C 50 0.32 1375 2.84 0.82 2.00
40 1Φ230 2.3
60 0.31 1675 2.33 0.74 2.00
50 0.29 1400 2.79 0.85 2.00
40 1Φ240 2.0
60 0.28 1675 2.33 0.78 2.00

21
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐5N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 9.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5N3‐K / L~G‐5N18‐K / L 1.02
G‐5N20‐K / L~G‐5N60‐K / L 1.11
G‐5N75‐K / L~G‐5N180‐K / L 1.22
G‐5N10X‐K 0.65

Š Specifications of Tri‐phase Induction Motors Continuous rating

Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Motor Voltage Frequency Capacitor
power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
model V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.28 1350 2.89 0.86 7.00
40 3Φ200 ‐
60 0.26 1600 2.44 0.80 7.00
50 0.30 1375 2.84 0.93 7.00
M‐5IK40N‐S 40 3Φ220 ‐
60 0.26 1650 2.36 0.67 7.00
M‐5IK40A‐S
50 0.30 1375 2.84 0.93 7.00
40 3Φ230 ‐
60 0.26 1675 2.33 0.91 7.00
40 3Φ380 50 0.17 1375 2.84 0.53 7.00 ‐
50 0.18 1375 2.84 0.57 7.00 G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
40 3Φ400 ‐
60 0.16 1650 2.36 0.53 7.00
50 0.16 1375 2.84 0.48 7.00
40 3Φ415 ‐
M‐5IK40N‐U 60 0.14 1650 2.36 0.45 7.00
M‐5IK40A‐U 50 0.16 1400 2.78 0.51 7.00
40 3Φ440 ‐
60 0.14 1675 2.33 0.48 7.00
50 0.17 1400 2.78 0.53 7.00
40 3Φ460 ‐
60 0.14 1675 2.33 0.50 7.00

22
 AC Induction Motor 40W
Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm)

Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Characteristics of Tri‐phase Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐5N□- L 6.7 11 16 18 23 28 33 36 45 54 65 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

23
Motor Testing Machine

24
 AC Induction Motor 60W
Induction Motors [Frame 5][60W]
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

Single‐phase: 4 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20 Weight: 2.6kg
Tri‐phase: 6 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20
* The dimensions inside the brackets belong to N‐type gear shafts, which are
coupled to those of the gear box and the intermediate gear box, and should
K
match with G‐5N ‐ L

Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Induction Motors Š Circular Shaft Specification

with Connection Box
PG‐09 applicable cable ∮4.5~∮8

Note: For applicable machine types, please

refer to the models. We also provide
customized motors.

* The dimensions inside the brackets belong to N‐type gear

shafts, which are coupled to those of the gear box and the
K
intermediate gear box, and should match with G‐5N□‐ L
Weight: 2.8 kg

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5N3‐K / L~G‐5N18‐K / L 1.02
G‐5N20‐K / L~G‐5N60‐K / L 1.11
G‐5N75‐K / L~G‐5N180‐K / L 1.22
G‐5N10X‐K 0.65

25
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐5N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 9.5 −0.15

Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

26
 AC Induction Motor 60W
Š Specifications of Single‐phase Induction Motors Continuous rating
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 1.08 1350 4.33 2.32 3.00
60 1Φ100 18.0
60 1.12 1650 3.54 2.15 3.00
50 1.04 1375 4.25 2.50 3.00
N
60 1Φ110 16.0
M‐5IK60 U ‐AF 60 1.07 1675 3.49 2.38 3.00
M‐5IK60A‐AF 50 1.08 1375 4.25 2.54 3.00
60 1Φ115 16.0
60 1.12 1675 3.49 2.52 3.00
50 1.18 1375 4.25 2.74 3.00
60 1Φ120 14.0
60 0.97 1700 3.44 2.65 3.00 G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
50 0.52 1375 4.25 1.12 3.00 ‐ G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
60 1Φ200 5.0
60 0.57 1675 3.49 1.03 3.00
50 0.51 1375 4.25 1.22 3.00
N
60 1Φ220 4.0
M‐5IK60 U ‐CF 60 0.49 1675 3.49 1.13 3.00
M‐5IK60A ‐CF 50 0.51 1400 4.18 1.24 3.00
60 1Φ230 4.0
60 0.49 1700 3.44 1.20 3.00
50 0.60 1375 4.25 1.30 3.00
60 1Φ240 3.0
60 0.45 1675 3.49 1.19 3.00

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐5N□‐ L 6.7 11 16 18 23 28 33 36 45 54 65 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

27
Š Specifications of Tri‐phase Induction Motors Continuous rating
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.45 1350 4.33 1.22 9.00
60 3Φ200 ‐
60 0.36 1625 3.60 1.12 9.00
N
50 0.49 1375 4.25 1.34 9.00
M‐5IK60 U ‐SF 60 3Φ220 ‐
60 0.41 1650 3.54 1.27 9.00
M‐5IK60A‐SF 50 0.50 1400 4.18 1.28 9.00
60 3Φ230 ‐
60 0.41 1675 3.49 1.31 9.00
60 3Φ380 50 0.27 1375 4.25 0.76 9.00 ‐
G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
50 0.28 1400 4.18 0.72 9.00
60 3Φ400 ‐ ‐ G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
60 0.23 1675 3.49 0.75 9.00
50 0.25 1400 4.18 0.70 9.00
N
60 3Φ415 ‐
M‐5IK60 U ‐UF 60 0.20 1675 3.49 0.70 9.00
M‐5IK60A‐UF 50 0.28 1400 4.18 0.66 9.00
60 3Φ440 ‐
60 0.22 1675 3.49 0.76 9.00
50 0.31 1400 4.18 0.63 9.00
60 3Φ460 ‐
60 0.23 1700 3.44 0.73 9.00

Š Characteristics of Tri‐phase Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-K 10 16 24 27 32 40 48 54 64 77 93 155 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the1 deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

28
 AC Induction Motor 90W
Induction Motors [Frame 5][90W]
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

Single‐phase: 4 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20 Weight: 3.2kg
Tri‐phase: 6 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Induction Motors with Š Circular Shaft Specification

Connection Box
PG‐09 applicable cable ∮4.5~∮8

Note: For applicable machine types,

please refer to the models. We also
provide customized motors.

Weight: 3.4 kg

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73

29
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -KH 30 6 −0.03 6 −0.03 60 14.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U50‐KH~G‐5U60‐KH 1.85
G‐5U75‐KH~G‐5U180‐KH 2.00
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

30
 AC Induction Motor 90W
Š Specifications of Single‐phase Induction Motors Continuous rating
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 1.40 1350 6.49 3.24 4.50
90 1Φ100 25.0
60 1.54 1650 5.31 3.00 4.50
50 1.40 1375 6.37 3.63 4.50
90 1Φ110 20.0
M‐5IK90U‐AF 60 1.37 1675 5.29 3.49 4.50
M‐5IK90A‐AF 50 1.51 1375 6.37 3.79 4.50
90 1Φ115 20.0
60 1.29 1675 5.23 3.47 4.50
50 1.66 1375 6.37 3.88 4.50
90 1Φ120 18.0
60 1.41 1675 5.23 4.16 4.50 G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
‐
50 0.71 1350 6.49 1.75 4.50 G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
90 1Φ200 6.0
60 0.75 1650 5.31 1.57 4.50
50 0.68 1375 6.37 1.91 4.50
90 1Φ220 5.0
M‐5IK90U‐CF 60 0.69 1675 5.23 1.81 4.50
M‐5IK90A‐CF 50 0.72 1375 6.37 1.94 4.50
90 1Φ230 5.0
60 0.71 1675 5.23 1.90 4.50
50 0.85 1375 6.37 2.11 4.50
90 1Φ240 4.0
60 0.60 1675 5.23 1.95 4.50

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□‐K 14 23 35 38 46 58 69 77 92 111 133 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

31
Š Specifications of Tri‐phase Induction Motors Continuous rating
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.65 1375 6.37 2.59 15.00
90 3Φ200 ‐
60 0.55 1650 5.31 2.07 15.00
50 0.79 1375 6.37 2.35 15.00
M‐5IK90U‐SF 90 3Φ220 ‐
60 0.58 1675 5.23 2.20 15.00
M‐5IK90A‐SF
50 0.84 1400 6.26 2.25 15.00
90 3Φ230 ‐
60 0.61 1675 5.23 2.11 15.00
90 3Φ380 50 0.41 1400 6.26 1.36 15.00 ‐
G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
50 0.46 1400 6.26 1.30 15.00 ‐
3Φ400 ‐ G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
90 60 0.35 1675 5.23 1.21 15.00
50 0.31 1375 6.37 1.22 15.00
3Φ415 ‐
M‐5IK90 ‐UF 90 60 0.25 1650 5.31 1.09 15.00
M‐5IK90A‐UF 50 0.34 1375 6.37 1.15 15.00
3Φ440 ‐
90 60 0.27 1650 5.31 1.03 15.00
50 0.36 1400 6.26 1.10 15.00
90 3Φ460 ‐
60 0.27 1675 5.23 0.99 15.00

Š Characteristics of Tri‐phase Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□‐KH ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 216 300 300 300 300 300 ‐ ‐ 300 300 300 300
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the1 deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

32
 AC Induction Motor 120W
Induction Motors [Frame 5][120W]
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

Single‐phase: 4 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20 Weight: 3.2kg
Tri‐phase: 6 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Induction Motors with Š Circular Shaft Specification

Connection Box
PG‐09 applicable cable ∮4.5~∮8

Note: For applicable machine types,

please refer to the models. We also
provide customized motors.

Weight: 3.4 kg

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73

33
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -KH 30 6 −0.03 6 −0.03 60 14.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U50‐KH~G‐5U60‐KH 1.85
G‐5U75‐KH~G‐5U180‐KH 2.00
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

34
 AC Induction Motor 120W
Š Specifications of Single‐phase Induction Motors Continuous rating
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 2.24 1300 8.99 4.01 6.00
120 1Φ100 30.0
60 1.98 1600 7.30 2.97 6.00
50 1.77 1325 8.82 3.51 6.00
120 1Φ110 28.0
M‐5IK120U‐AF 60 1.78 1650 7.08 3.24 6.00
M‐5IK120A‐AF 50 1.71 1350 8.66 3.77 6.00
120 1Φ115 28.0
60 1.74 1675 6.98 3.34 6.00
50 1.72 1350 8.66 3.85 6.00
120 1Φ120 25.0
60 1.66 1675 6.98 3.70 6.00 G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
‐
50 0.98 1275 9.17 1.73 6.00 G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
120 1Φ200 7.0
60 0.94 1600 7.30 1.57 6.00
50 0.80 1325 8.82 1.85 6.00
120 1Φ220 6.0
M‐5IK120U‐CF 60 0.89 1625 7.19 1.75 6.00
M‐5IK120A‐CF 50 0.84 1325 8.82 1.90 6.00
120 1Φ230 6.0
60 0.91 1625 7.19 1.80 6.00
50 0.87 1325 8.82 2.00 6.00
120 1Φ240 5.0
60 0.79 1650 7.08 1.96 6.00

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-K 14 23 35 38 46 58 69 77 92 111 133 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

35
Š Specifications of Tri‐phase Induction Motors Continuous rating
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.75 1300 8.99 2.59 18.00
120 3Φ200 ‐
60 0.67 1575 7.42 2.07 18.00
50 0.81 1350 8.66 2.35 18.00
M‐5IK120U‐SF 120 3Φ220 ‐
60 0.68 1550 7.54 2.04 18.00
M‐5IK120A‐SF
50 0.89 1350 8.66 2.25 18.00
120 3Φ230 ‐
60 0.65 1650 7.08 1.95 18.00
120 3Φ380 50 0.45 1350 8.66 1.36 18.00 ‐
G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
50 0.48 1375 8.50 1.30 18.00 ‐
3Φ400 ‐ G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
120 60 0.37 1650 7.08 1.12 18.00
50 0.35 1300 8.99 1.22 18.00
3Φ415 ‐
M‐5IK120U‐UF 120 60 0.31 1575 7.42 1.09 18.00
M‐5IK120A‐UF 50 0.38 1325 8.82 1.15 18.00
3Φ440 ‐
120 60 0.31 1600 7.30 1.03 18.00
50 0.38 1350 8.66 1.10 18.00
120 3Φ460 ‐
60 0.31 1625 7.19 0.99 18.00

Š Characteristics of Tri‐phase Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-KH ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 216 300 300 300 300 300 ‐ ‐ 300 300 300 300
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the1 deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

36
 AC Induction Motor 150W
Induction Motors [Frame 5][150W]
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

Single‐phase: 4 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20 Weight: 3.2kg
Tri‐phase: 6 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Induction Motors with Š Circular Shaft Specification

Connection Box
PG‐09 applicable cable ∮4.5~∮8

Note: For applicable machine types,

please refer to the models. We also
provide customized motors.

Weight: 3.4 kg

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73

37
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -KH 30 6 −0.03 6 −0.03 60 14.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U50‐KH~G‐5U60‐KH 1.85
G‐5U75‐KH~G‐5U180‐KH 2.00
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

38
 AC Induction Motor 150W
Š Specifications of Single‐phase Induction Motors Continuous rating
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 2.62 1275 11.46 4.51 7.50
150 1Φ100 36.0
60 2.45 1575 9.27 3.47 7.50
50 2.11 1300 11.24 4.26 7.50
150 1Φ110 32.0
M‐5IK150U‐AF 60 2.14 1625 8.99 3.81 7.50
M‐5IK150A‐AF 50 2.00 1325 11.02 4.46 7.50
150 1Φ115 32.0
60 2.25 1625 8.99 4.13 7.50
50 2.05 1325 11.02 4.27 7.50
150 1Φ120 28.0
60 2.28 1650 8.85 5.03 7.50 G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
‐
50 1.11 1300 11.24 2.35 7.50 G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
150 1Φ200 9.0
60 1.18 1625 8.99 2.17 7.50
50 1.07 1325 11.02 2.42 7.50
150 1Φ220 8.0
M‐5IK150U‐CF 60 1.31 1625 8.99 2.77 7.50
M‐5IK150A‐CF 50 1.21 1325 11.02 2.59 7.50
150 1Φ230 7.0
60 1.09 1650 8.85 2.82 7.50
50 1.33 1325 11.02 2.59 7.50
150 1Φ240 6.0
60 0.94 1650 8.85 2.68 7.50

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-K 14 23 35 38 46 58 69 77 92 111 133 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

39
Š Specifications of Tri‐phase Induction Motors Continuous rating
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.96 1275 11.46 2.54 20.00
150 3Φ200 ‐
60 0.86 1525 9.58 2.36 20.00
50 1.08 1325 11.02 2.80 20.00
M‐5IK150U‐SF 150 3Φ220 ‐
60 0.82 1600 9.13 2.60 20.00
M‐5IK150A‐SF
50 1.17 1350 10.82 2.88 20.00
150 3Φ230 ‐
60 0.83 1625 8.99 2.70 20.00
150 3Φ380 50 0.60 1325 11.02 1.70 20.00 ‐
G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
50 0.65 1350 10.82 1.79 20.00 ‐
150 3Φ400 ‐ G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
60 0.48 1625 8.99 1.65 20.00
50 0.41 1275 11.46 1.20 20.00
150 3Φ415 ‐
M‐5IK150U‐UF 60 0.38 1525 9.58 1.12 20.00
M‐5IK150A‐UF 50 0.43 1300 11.24 1.23 20.00
150 3Φ440 ‐
60 0.37 1575 9.27 1.18 20.00
50 0.45 1325 11.02 1.30 20.00
150 3Φ460 ‐
60 0.38 1575 9.27 1.25 20.00

Š Characteristics of Tri‐phase Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-KH ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 216 300 300 300 300 300 ‐ ‐ 300 300 300 300
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the1 deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

40
 AC Induction Motor 200W
Induction Motors [Frame 6][200W]
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Induction Motors with Connection Box

PG‐09 applicable cable

∮4.5~∮8

Weight: 5 kg

Š Circular Shaft Specification

PG‐09 applicable cable

∮4.5~∮8

Weight: 5 kg

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Induction Motors Continuous rating

Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 3.14 1300 14.98 5.60 8.80
200 1Φ100 42.0
60 3.19 1600 12.17 5.40 8.80
50 3.18 1350 14.43 6.50 8.80
200 1Φ110 40.0
M‐6IK200U‐AFT 60 2.97 1650 11.80 6.10 8.80
M‐6IK200A‐AFT 50 3.14 1375 14.16 6.70 8.80
200 1Φ115 40.0
60 3.06 1650 11.80 6.30 8.80
50 2.86 1375 14.16 7.10 8.80
200 1Φ120 36.0
60 2.69 1675 11.63 6.80 8.80
‐ G‐6U ‐KH ‐
50 1.52 1350 14.43 3.60 8.80
200 1Φ200 12.0
60 1.68 1650 11.80 3.30 8.80
50 1.41 1375 14.16 4.00 8.80
200 1Φ220 10.0
M‐6IK200U‐CFT 60 1.44 1675 11.63 3.70 8.80
M‐6IK200A‐CFT 50 1.26 1400 13.91 4.10 8.80
200 1Φ230 10.0
60 1.45 1675 11.63 3.80 8.80
50 1.26 1400 13.91 4.30 8.80
200 1Φ240 8.0
60 1.20 1700 11.46 4.00 8.80

41
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐6U -KH 32 6 −0.03 6 −0.03 60 18.5 −0.15

Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐6U3‐KH~G‐6U9‐KH 2.35
G‐6U12.5‐KH~G‐6U50‐KH 2.50
G‐6U60‐KH~G‐6U180‐KH 2.63

Š Specifications of Tri‐phase Induction Motors Continuous rating

Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 1.10 1350 14.43 4.20 25.00
200 3Φ200 ‐
60 1.02 1625 11.98 3.90 25.00
50 1.16 1375 14.16 4.60 25.00
200 3Φ220 ‐
60 1.04 1650 11.80 4.40 25.00
M‐6IK200U‐SFT
50 1.24 1375 14.16 4.80 25.00 ‐ G‐6N ‐KH ‐
M‐6IK200A‐SFT 200 3Φ230 ‐
60 1.00 1675 11.63 4.50 25.00
200 3Φ380 50 0.66 1375 14.16 2.80 25.00 ‐
50 0.65 1400 13.91 3.00 25.00
200 3Φ400 ‐
60 0.57 1675 11.63 2.80 25.00

42
 AC Induction Motor 200W
Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Characteristics of Tri‐phase Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 120 100 60 50 30 20 15 10
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 12.5 15 25 30 50 75 100 150
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 15 18 30 36 60 90 120 180
Max. allowable torque
G‐6U□-KH 32 53 79 118 142 237 284 426 600 600 600
(kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the1 deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

43
Office Environment

44
 Reversible Induction Motor 1W, 3W
Reversible Motor [Frame 0][1W, 3W]
Š Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

3 wires, UL3266
AWG20 Weight: 0.5 kg

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm)

Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors 30 min rating

Braking force: 50g
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Motor Voltage Frequency Capacitor
power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
model V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.15 1160 0.09 0.18 0.13
M‐0RK1A‐A 120 1Φ110 1.5
60 0.15 1400 0.07 0.18 0.13
‐ ‐ ‐
50 0.20 1200 0.25 0.27 0.32
M‐0RK3A‐A 120 1Φ110 2.5
60 0.21 1500 0.20 0.27 0.32

45
Gear machining

3 Dos of Talking: say please, thank you and sorry

3 Dos of Behaving: be modest, polite and never
niggardly in praising others
3 Dos of Self‐Cultivation: maintain quietness,
kindness and calmness
3 Dos of Family: be joyful, humorous and
considerate
3 Dos of Diet: balance, moderation and gratitude
3 Dos in Health: walk, desire less, and be placid

46
 Reversible Induction Motor 6W
Reversible Motor [Frame 2][6W]
Š Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

3 wires, UL3266
AWG20 Weight: 0.75 kg

Š Circular Shaft Specification

Note: For applicable machine types, please refer

to the models. We also provide customized
motors.

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors 30 min rating

Braking force: 100g
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Motor Voltage Frequency Capacitor
power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
model V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.19 1350 0.43 0.31 0.50
6 1Φ100 3.5
60 0.20 1650 0.36 0.31 0.50
50 0.21 1300 0.45 0.33 0.50
6 1Φ110 3.0
M‐2RK6N‐A 60 0.20 1625 0.36 0.32 0.50
M‐2RK6A‐A 50 0.22 1325 0.44 0.34 0.50
6 1Φ115 3.0
60 0.20 1625 0.36 0.33 0.50
50 0.23 1300 0.45 0.35 0.50
6 1Φ120 2.5
60 0.19 1625 0.36 0.33 0.50
G‐2N ‐L G‐2N ‐K G‐2N10X‐K
50 0.11 1300 0.45 0.15 0.50
6 1Φ200 1.0
60 0.13 1575 0.37 .16 0.50
50 0.11 1300 0.45 0.15 0.50
6 1Φ220 0.8
M‐2RK6N‐C 60 0.11 1625 0.36 0.16 0.50
M‐2RK6A‐C 50 0.11 1325 0.44 0.16 0.50
6 1Φ230 0.8
60 0.12 1625 0.36 0.17 0.50
50 0.11 1300 0.45 0.16 0.50
6 1Φ240 0.6
60 0.10 1625 0.36 0.15 0.50

47
Š Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes
Model Weight (kg)
G‐2N3‐K / L~G‐2N18‐K / L 0.30
G‐2N20‐K / L~G‐2N60‐K / L 0.31
G‐2N75‐K / L~G‐2N180‐K / L 0.33
G‐2N10X‐K 0.20

Š Intermediate Gear Box

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐2N□- L 1.0 1.6 2.5 2.7 3.4 4.1 5.0 5.4 6.7 8.1 9.7 16 23 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

48
 Reversible Induction Motor 15W
Reversible Motor [Frame 3][15W]
Š Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

3 wires, UL3266
AWG20 Weight: 1.05 kg

Š Circular Shaft Specification

Note: For applicable machine types, please refer

to the models. We also provide customized
motors.

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors 30 min rating

Braking force: 150g
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.37 1225 1.19 0.52 0.90
15 1Φ100 6.0
60 0.40 1525 0.96 0.51 0.90
50 0.34 1250 1.17 0.55 0.90
15 1Φ110 5.0
M‐3RK15N‐A 60 0.34 1575 0.93 0.52 0.90
M‐3RK15A‐A 50 0.35 1275 1.15 0.58 0.90
15 1Φ115 5.0
60 0.34 1600 0.92 0.55 0.90
50 0.38 1250 1.17 0.61 0.90
15 1Φ120 4.0
60 0.32 1600 0.92 0.57 0.90
G‐3N ‐L G‐3N ‐K G‐3N10X‐K
50 0.18 1275 1.15 0.27 0.90
15 1Φ200 1.6
60 0.20 1575 0.93 0.26 0.90
50 0.17 1275 1.15 0.28 0.90
15 1Φ220 1.2
M‐3RK15N‐C 60 0.16 1600 0.92 0.26 0.90
M‐3RK15A‐C 50 0.17 1300 1.13 0.30 0.90
15 1Φ230 1.2
60 0.16 1625 0.90 0.28 0.90
50 0.19 1275 1.15 0.31 0.90
15 1Φ240 1.0
60 0.15 1600 0.92 0.28 0.90

Š
49
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐3N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 7.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐3N3‐K / L~G‐3N18‐K / L 0.44
G‐3N20‐K / L~G‐3N60‐K / L 0.48
G‐3N75‐K / L~G‐3N180‐K / L 0.53
G‐3N10X‐K 0.32

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐3N□- L 2.4 4.0 6.0 6.7 8.2 10 12 13 16 19 23 39 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

50
 Reversible Induction Motor 25W
Reversible Motor [Frame 4][25W]
Š Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

3 wires, UL3266
AWG20 Weight: 1.6

Š Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors with Š Circular Shaft Specification

Connection Box
PG‐09 applicable cable ∮4.5~∮8

Note: For applicable machine types, please

refer to the models. We also provide
customized motors.
Weight: 1.8kg

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors 30 min rating

Braking force: 200g
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.60 1225 1.99 0.98 1.50
25 1Φ100 8.0
60 0.59 1525 1.60 0.89 1.50
50 0.62 1225 1.99 1.03 1.50
25 1Φ110 7.0
M‐4RK25N‐A 60 0.60 1500 1.63 0.96 1.50
M‐4RK25A‐A 50 0.57 1300 1.88 1.08 1.50
25 1Φ115 7.0
60 0.56 1575 1.55 1.00 1.50
50 0.61 1275 1.91 1.11 1.50
25 1Φ120 6.0
60 0.63 1550 1.57 1.31 1.50
G‐4N ‐L G‐4N ‐K G‐4N10X‐K
50 0.31 1250 1.95 0.49 1.50
25 1Φ200 2.5
60 0.36 1500 1.63 0.48 1.50
50 0.29 1275 1.91 0.53 1.50
25 1Φ220 2.0
M‐4RK25N‐C 60 0.29 1575 1.55 0.49 1.50
M‐4RK25A‐C 50 0.28 1300 1.88 0.55 1.50
25 1Φ230 2.0
60 0.31 1550 1.57 0.51 1.50
50 0.30 1275 1.91 0.56 1.50
25 1Φ240 1.5
60 0.25 1575 1.55 0.52 1.50

51
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐4N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 7.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐4N3‐K / L~G‐4N18‐K / L 0.60
G‐4N20‐K / L~G‐4N60‐K / L 0.65
G‐4N75‐K / L~G‐4N180‐K / L 0.71
G‐4N10X‐K 0.41

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐4N□- L 4.0 6.7 10 11 13 16 20 21 26 32 39 65 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

52
 Reversible Induction Motor 40W
Reversible Motor [Frame 5][40W]
Š Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

3 wires, UL3266
AWG20 Weight: 2.45 kg

Š Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors with Š Circular Shaft Specification

Connection Box
PG‐09 applicable cable ∮4.5~∮8

Note: For applicable machine types, please

refer to the models. We also provide
customized motors.

Weight: 2.65kg

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors 30 min rating

Braking force: 400g
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.84 1375 2.84 2.05 2.60
40 1Φ100 14.0
60 0.89 1650 2.36 1.85 2.60
50 0.84 1375 2.84 2.19 2.60
40 1Φ110 12.0
M‐5RK40N‐A 60 0.83 1675 2.33 2.08 2.60
M‐5RK40A‐A 50 0.91 1375 2.84 2.29 2.60
40 1Φ115 12.0
60 0.86 1675 2.33 2.17 2.60
50 0.97 1375 2.84 2.25 2.60
40 1Φ120 10.0
60 0.75 1700 2.29 2.32 2.60
G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
50 0.36 1350 2.89 0.72 2.60
40 1Φ200 3.5
60 0.45 1625 2.40 0.67 2.60
50 0.34 1375 2.84 0.80 2.60
40 1Φ220 3.0
M‐5RK40N‐C 60 0.38 1650 2.36 0.73 2.60
M‐5RK40A‐C 50 0.37 1375 2.84 0.85 2.60
40 1Φ230 3.0
60 0.36 1675 2.33 0.75 2.60
50 0.33 1375 2.84 0.87 2.60
40 1Φ240 2.5
60 0.32 1675 2.33 0.78 2.60

53
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐5N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 9.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5N3‐K / L~G‐5N18‐K / L 1.02
G‐5N20‐K / L~G‐5N60‐K / L 1.11
G‐5N75‐K / L~G‐5N180‐K / L 1.22
G‐5N10X‐K 0.65

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐5N□- L 6.7 11 16 18 23 28 33 36 45 54 65 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

54
 Reversible Induction Motor 60W
Reversible Motor [Frame 5][60W]
Š Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

3 wires, UL3266 Weight: 2.6 kg
AWG20
* The dimensions inside the brackets belong to N‐type gear
shafts, which are coupled to those of the gear box and the
K
intermediate gear box, and should match with G‐5N□‐ L

Š Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors with Š Circular Shaft Specification

Connection Box
PG‐09 applicable cable ∮4.5~∮8

Note: For applicable machine types, please

refer to the models. We also provide
customized motors.

* The dimensions inside the brackets belong to N‐type gear shafts, which
are coupled to those of the gear box and the intermediate gear box, and
K
should match with G‐5N□‐ L
Weight: 2.8kg

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5N3‐K / L~G‐5N18‐K / L 1.02
G‐5N20‐K / L~G‐5N60‐K / L 1.11
G‐5N75‐K / L~G‐5N180‐K / L 1.22
G‐5N10X‐K 0.65

55
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐5N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 9.5 −0.15

Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

56
 Reversible Induction Motor 60W
Š Specifications of Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors 30 min rating
Braking force: 400g
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 1.12 1350 4.33 2.15 3.80
60 1Φ100 20.0
60 1.24 1650 3.54 2.14 3.80
50 1.08 1375 4.25 2.58 3.80
N 60 1Φ110 18.0
M‐5RK60 U ‐AF 60 1.10 1675 3.49 2.18 3.80
M‐5RK60A‐AF 50 1.11 1375 4.25 2.41 3.80
60 1Φ115 18.0
60 1.15 1675 3.49 2.29 3.80
50 1.15 1375 4.25 2.44 3.80
60 1Φ120 16.0
60 1.13 1675 3.49 2.39 3.80 G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
50 0.56 1350 4.33 1.12 3.80 ‐ G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
60 1Φ200 5.0
60 0.59 1650 3.54 1.02 3.80
50 0.57 1375 4.25 1.26 3.80
N 60 1Φ220 5.0
M‐5RK60 U ‐CF 60 0.60 1675 3.49 1.14 3.80
M‐5RK60A ‐CF 50 0.54 1375 4.25 1.23 3.80
60 1Φ230 4.0
60 0.52 1675 3.49 1.19 3.80
50 0.56 1375 4.25 1.28 3.80
60 1Φ240 4.0
60 0.50 1675 3.49 1.20 3.80

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐5N□- L 6.7 11 16 18 23 28 33 36 45 54 65 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

57
 Office Environment

“He who promises too much means nothing.” ‐‐ Lao Zi, founder of
Taoism
“Those who believe themselves never suspect anyone and are trusted by
everyone, while those who suspect themselves never trust anyone and
are suspected by everyone.” ‐‐ Shi Chi, the Records of the Grand
Historian

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5N□-K 10 16 24 27 32 40 48 54 64 77 93 155 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

58
 Reversible Induction Motor 90W
Reversible Motor [Frame 5][90W]
Š Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

3 wires, UL3266 Weight: 3.2 kg
AWG20

Š Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors with Š Circular Shaft Specification

Connection Box
PG‐09 applicable cable ∮4.5~∮8

Note: For applicable machine types, please

refer to the models. We also provide
customized motors.

Weight: 3.4kg

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73

59
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -KH 30 6 −0.03 6 −0.03 60 14.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U50‐KH~G‐5U60‐KH 1.85
G‐5U75‐KH~G‐5U180‐KH 2.00
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-K 14 23 35 38 46 58 69 77 92 111 133 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

60
 Reversible Induction Motor 90W
Š Specifications of Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors 30 min rating
Braking force: 400g
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 1.72 1350 6.49 3.86 5.20
90 1Φ100 28.0
60 1.70 1650 5.31 3.02 5.20
50 1.43 1375 6.37 3.83 5.20
90 1Φ110 25.0
M‐5RK60U‐AF 60 1.58 1675 5.23 3.51 5.20
M‐5RK90A‐AF 50 1.50 1375 6.37 3.94 5.20
90 1Φ115 25.0
60 1.63 1675 5.23 3.69 5.20
50 1.66 1375 6.37 3.97 5.20
90 1Φ120 20.0
60 1.64 1675 5.23 4.59 5.20 G‐5U ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
‐ G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
50 0.82 1350 6.49 1.83 5.20
90 1Φ200 7.0
60 0.87 1650 5.31 1.63 5.20
50 0.68 1375 6.37 1.93 5.20
90 1Φ220 6.0
M‐5RK90U‐CF 60 0.75 1675 5.23 1.79 5.20
M‐5RK90A‐CF 50 0.74 1375 6.37 2.06 5.20
90 1Φ230 6.0
60 0.80 1675 5.23 1.93 5.20
50 0.81 1375 6.37 2.10 5.20
90 1Φ240 5.0
60 0.81 1675 5.23 2.31 5.20

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-KH ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 216 300 300 300 300 300 ‐ ‐ 300 300 300 300
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

61
Motor Testing Machine

Five Motives for Success:

Keep your dreams
Lock your targets
Stick to your faith
Act affirmatively
Take the lead

62
 Reversible Induction Motor 120W
Reversible Motor [Frame 5][120W]
Š Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

3 wires, UL3266 Weight: 3.2 kg
AWG20

Š Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors with Š Circular Shaft Specification

Connection Box
PG‐09 applicable cable ∮4.5~∮8

Note: For applicable machine types, please

refer to the models. We also provide
customized motors.

Weight: 3.4kg

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73

63
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -KH 30 6 −0.03 6 −0.03 60 14.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U50‐KH~G‐5U60‐KH 1.85
G‐5U75‐KH~G‐5U180‐KH 2.00
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-K 14 23 35 38 46 58 69 77 92 111 133 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

64
 Reversible Induction Motor 120W
Š Specifications of Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors 30 min rating
Braking force: 400g
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 2.26 1300 8.99 4.07 6.00
120 1Φ100 30.0
60 2.00 1600 7.30 3.04 6.00
50 1.82 1325 8.82 3.68 6.00
120 1Φ110 28.0
M‐5RK120U‐AF 60 1.83 1650 7.08 3.41 6.00
M‐5RK120A‐AF 50 1.72 1350 8.66 3.89 6.00
120 1Φ115 28.0
60 1.88 1650 7.08 3.53 6.00
50 1.70 1350 8.66 3.90 6.00
120 1Φ120 25.0
60 1.93 1650 7.08 4.12 6.00 G‐5U ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
‐ G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
50 1.02 1300 8.99 1.80 6.00
120 1Φ200 8.0
60 1.09 1600 7.30 1.61 6.00
50 0.89 1325 8.82 1.91 6.00
120 1Φ220 7.0
M‐5RK120U‐CF 60 0.96 1625 7.19 1.76 6.00
M‐5RK120A‐CF 50 0.83 1350 8.66 2.04 6.00
120 1Φ230 7.0
60 0.93 1650 7.08 1.88 6.00
50 0.83 1350 8.66 2.04 6.00
120 1Φ240 6.0
60 0.99 1650 7.08 2.36 6.00

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-KH ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 216 300 300 300 300 300 ‐ ‐ 300 300 300 300
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

65
 Gear Honing Machine

The most important thing in life is not the triumph but the struggle. Jiu Fiorentina, France
The pyramid is built with stones piece by piece.
Genius is one percent inspiration and ninety‐nine percent perspiration. Shakespeare, Britain

66
 Reversible Induction Motor 150W
Reversible Motor [Frame 5][150W]
Š Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

3 wires, UL3266 Weight: 3.2 kg
AWG20

Š Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors with Š Circular Shaft Specification

Connection Box
PG‐09 applicable cable ∮4.5~∮8

Note: For applicable machine types, please

refer to the models. We also provide
customized motors.

Weight: 3.4kg

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73

67
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -KH 30 6 −0.03 6 −0.03 60 14.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U50‐KH~G‐5U60‐KH 1.85
G‐5U75‐KH~G‐5U180‐KH 2.00
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-K 14 23 35 38 46 58 69 77 92 111 133 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

68
 Reversible Induction Motor 150W
Š Specifications of Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors 30 min rating
Braking force: 400g
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 2.88 1250 11.68 4.64 7.50
150 1Φ100 36.0
60 2.56 1575 9.27 3.52 7.50
50 2.32 1300 11.24 4.42 7.50
150 1Φ110 32.0
M‐5RK150U‐AF 60 2.47 1600 9.13 3.80 7.50
M‐5RK150A‐AF 50 2.13 1325 11.02 4.44 7.50
150 1Φ115 32.0
60 2.34 1650 8.85 4.12 7.50
50 2.11 1325 11.02 4.26 7.50
150 1Φ120 28.0
60 2.13 1650 8.85 4.31 7.50 G‐5U ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
‐ G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
50 1.12 1300 11.24 2.38 7.50
150 1Φ200 9.0
60 1.23 1600 9.13 2.15 7.50
50 1.08 1325 11.02 2.43 7.50
150 1Φ220 8.0
M‐5RK150U‐CF 60 1.26 1625 8.99 2.69 7.50
M‐5RK150A‐CF 50 1.18 1325 11.02 2.32 7.50
150 1Φ230 7.0
60 1.23 1650 8.85 2.81 7.50
50 1.36 1300 11.24 2.59 7.50
150 1Φ240 6.0
60 1.00 1625 8.99 2.54 7.50

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Reversible Induction Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-KH ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 216 300 300 300 300 300 ‐ ‐ 300 300 300 300
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

69
Production Line

I know that I know nothing. Socrates

Since you are ignorant, do not be ashamed to learn. Washington

70
 Electromagnetic Brake Motor 6W
Electromagnetic Brake Motor [Frame 2][6W]
Š Single‐phase electromagnetic brake motor

Lead wire of length:

300mm
Brake lead wire of length: 300mm 3 wires, UL3266 Weight: 1.15 kg
AWG20

Š Circular Shaft Specification

Note: For applicable machine types, please refer

to the models. We also provide customized
motors.

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors 30 min rating

Rating Braking Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Freq‐ue Capacitor
Motor model Current Speed Torque Input Current Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V ncy Hz uF
A rpm kgfcm W A kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.19 1350 0.43 4.00 0.04 1.00 0.31 0.50
1Φ100 3.5
60 0.20 1650 0.36 4.00 0.04 1.00 0.31 0.50
50 0.21 1300 0.45 5.00 0.04 1.00 0.33 0.50
1Φ110 3.0
M‐2RK6N‐AS 60 0.20 1625 0.36 5.00 0.04 1.00 0.32 0.50
M‐2RK6A‐AS 50 0.22 1325 0.44 5.00 0.04 1.00 0.34 0.50
1Φ115 3.0
60 0.20 1625 0.36 5.00 0.04 1.00 0.33 0.50
50 0.23 1300 0.45 6.00 0.05 1.00 0.35 0.50
1Φ120 2.5
60 0.19 1625 0.36 6.00 0.05 1.00 0.33 0.50
G‐2N ‐L G‐2N ‐K G‐2N10X‐K
50 0.11 1300 0.45 5.00 0.02 1.00 0.15 0.50
1Φ200 1.0
60 0.13 1575 0.37 5.00 0.02 1.00 .16 0.50
50 0.11 1300 0.45 7.00 0.03 1.00 0.15 0.50
1Φ220 0.8
M‐2RK6N‐CS 60 0.11 1625 0.36 7.00 0.03 1.00 0.16 0.50
M‐2RK6A‐CS 50 0.11 1325 0.44 8.00 0.03 1.00 0.16 0.50
1Φ230 0.8
60 0.12 1625 0.36 8.00 0.03 1.00 0.17 0.50
50 0.11 1300 0.45 8.00 0.03 1.00 0.16 0.50
1Φ240 0.6
60 0.10 1625 0.36 8.00 0.03 1.00 0.15 0.50

71
Š Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes
Model Weight (kg)
G‐2N3‐K / L~G‐2N18‐K / L 0.30
G‐2N20‐K / L~G‐2N60‐K / L 0.31
G‐2N75‐K / L~G‐2N180‐K / L 0.33
G‐2N10X‐K 0.20

Š Intermediate Gear Box

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-K 1.0 1.6 2.5 2.7 3.4 4.1 5.0 5.4 6.7 8.1 9.7 16 23 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

72
 Electromagnetic Brake Motor 15W
Electromagnetic Brake Motor [Frame 3][15W]
Š Single‐phase electromagnetic brake motor

Lead wire of length:

Brake lead wire of length: 300mm 300mm
3 wires, UL3266
Weight: 1.50 kg
AWG20

Š Circular Shaft Specification

Note: For applicable machine types, please refer

to the models. We also provide customized
motors.

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors 30 min rating

Rating Braking Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Freq‐ue Capacitor
Motor model Current Speed Torque Input Current Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V ncy Hz uF
A rpm kgfcm W A kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.37 1225 1.19 4.00 0.04 1.00 0.52 0.90
1Φ100 6.0
60 0.40 1525 0.96 4.00 0.04 1.00 0.51 0.90
50 0.34 1250 1.17 5.00 0.04 1.00 0.55 0.90
1Φ110 5.0
M‐3RK15N‐AS 60 0.34 1575 0.93 5.00 0.04 1.00 0.52 0.90
M‐3RK15A‐AS 50 0.35 1275 1.15 5.00 0.04 1.00 0.58 0.90
1Φ115 5.0
60 0.34 1600 0.92 5.00 0.04 1.00 0.55 0.90
50 0.38 1250 1.17 6.00 0.05 1.00 0.61 0.90
1Φ120 4.0
60 0.32 1600 0.92 6.00 0.05 1.00 0.57 0.90
G‐3N ‐L G‐3N ‐K G‐3N10X‐K
50 0.18 1275 1.15 5.00 0.02 1.00 0.27 0.90
1Φ200 1.6
60 0.20 1575 0.93 5.00 0.02 1.00 0.26 0.90
50 0.17 1275 1.15 7.00 0.03 1.00 0.28 0.90
1Φ220 1.2
M‐3RK15N‐CS 60 0.16 1600 0.92 7.00 0.03 1.00 0.26 0.90
M‐3RK15A‐CS 50 0.17 1300 1.13 8.00 0.03 1.00 0.30 0.90
1Φ230 1.2
60 0.16 1625 0.90 8.00 0.03 1.00 0.28 0.90
50 0.19 1275 1.15 8.00 0.03 1.00 0.31 0.90
1Φ240 1.0
60 0.15 1600 0.92 8.00 0.03 1.00 0.28 0.90

73
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐3N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 7.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐3N3‐K / L~G‐3N18‐K / L 0.44
G‐3N20‐K / L~G‐3N60‐K / L 0.48
G‐3N75‐K / L~G‐3N180‐K / L 0.53
G‐3N10X‐K 0.32

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐3N□- L 2.4 4.0 6.0 6.7 8.2 10 12 13 16 19 23 39 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

74
 Electromagnetic Brake Motor 25W
Electromagnetic Brake Motor [Frame 4][25W]
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motor

Lead wire of length:

300mm
Brake lead wire of length: 300mm

Weight: 2.1 kg
Single‐phase: 3 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20
Tri‐phase: 6 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Š Circular Shaft Specification

Note: For applicable machine types, please refer

to the models. We also provide customized
motors.
Š Specifications of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors 30 min rating
Rating Braking Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model Current Speed Torque Input Current Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
A rpm kgfcm W A kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.60 1225 1.99 4.00 0.04 2.00 0.98 1.50
1Φ100 8.0
60 0.59 1525 1.60 4.00 0.04 2.00 0.89 1.50
50 0.62 1225 1.99 5.00 0.04 2.00 1.03 1.50
1Φ110 7.0
M‐4RK25N‐AS 60 0.60 1500 1.63 5.00 0.04 2.00 0.96 1.50
M‐4RK25A‐AS 50 0.57 1300 1.88 5.00 0.04 2.00 1.08 1.50
1Φ115 7.0
60 0.56 1575 1.55 5.00 0.04 2.00 1.00 1.50
50 0.61 1275 1.91 6.00 0.05 2.00 1.11 1.50
1Φ120 6.0
60 0.63 1550 1.57 6.000 0.05 2.00 1.31 1.50
G‐4N ‐L G‐4N ‐K G‐4N10X‐K
50 0.31 1250 1.95 6.00 0.03 2.00 0.49 1.50
1Φ200 2.5
60 0.36 1500 1.63 6.00 0.03 2.00 0.48 1.50
50 0.29 1275 1.91 7.00 .03 2.00 0.53 1.50
1Φ220 2.0
M‐4RK25N‐CS 60 0.29 1575 1.55 7.00 0.03 2.00 0.49 1.50
M‐4RK25A‐CS 50 0.28 1300 1.88 9.00 0.04 2.00 0.55 1.50
1Φ230 2.0
60 0.31 1550 1.57 9.00 0.04 2.00 0.51 1.50
50 0.30 1275 1.91 9.00 0.04 2.00 0.56 1.50
1Φ240 1.5
60 0.25 1575 1.55 9.00 0.04 2.00 0.52 1.50

75
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐4N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 7.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐4N3‐K / L~G‐4N18‐K / L 0.60
G‐4N20‐K / L~G‐4N60‐K / L 0.65
G‐4N75‐K / L~G‐4N180‐K / L 0.71
G‐4N10X‐K 0.41

Š Specifications of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors Continuous rating

Rating Braking Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model Current Speed Torque Input Current Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
A rpm kgfcm W A kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.26 1325 1.84 6.00 0.03 2.00 0.66 5.00
3Φ200 ‐
60 0.21 1575 1.55 6.00 0.03 2.00 0.61 5.00
50 0.29 1350 1.81 7.00 0.03 2.00 0.72 5.00
M‐4RK25N‐SS 3Φ220 ‐
60 0.23 1625 1.50 7.00 0.03 2.00 0.68 5.00
M‐4RK25A‐SS
50 0.31 1375 1.77 9.00 0.04 2.00 0.76 5.00
3Φ230 ‐
60 0.24 1625 1.50 9.00 0.04 2.00 0.71 5.00
3Φ380 50 0.16 1350 1.81 7.00 0.03 2.00 0.41 5.00 ‐
50 0.17 1375 1.77 7.00 0.03 2.00 0.43 5.00 G‐4N ‐L G‐4N ‐K G‐4N10X‐K
3Φ400 ‐
60 0.13 1625 1.50 7.00 0.03 2.00 0.40 5.00
50 0.11 1325 1.84 7.00 0.03 2.00 0.31 5.00
3Φ415 ‐
M‐4RK25N‐US 60 0.10 1575 1.55 7.00 0.03 2.00 0.29 5.00
M‐4RK25A‐US 50 0.12 1350 1.81 7.00 0.03 2.00 0.32 5.00
3Φ440 ‐
60 0.10 1625 1.50 7.00 0.03 2.00 0.30 5.00
50 0.13 1375 1.77 7.00 0.03 2.00 0.34 5.00
3Φ460 ‐
60 0.10 1625 1.50 7.00 0.03 2.00 0.32 5.00

„ The brake service voltage is AC 220V.

76
 Electromagnetic Brake Motor 25W
Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors
Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)
Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Characteristics of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐4N□- L 4.0 6.7 10 11 13 16 20 21 26 32 39 65 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

77
 Workshop Scene at Day and Night

The optimistic see opportunity in disaster, while the pessimistic see disaster in opportunity.
Growing‐up means that you say you know what things are and how they work, while mature means you don’t
say you know, even if you do.

78
 Electromagnetic Brake Motor 40W
Electromagnetic Brake Motor [Frame 5][40W]
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motor

Lead wire of length:

300mm
Brake lead wire of length: 300mm
Weight: 3.05 kg

Single‐phase: 3 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Tri‐phase: 6 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Š Circular Shaft Specification

Note: For applicable machine types, please refer

to the models. We also provide customized
motors.
Š Specifications of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors 30 min rating
Rating Braking Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model Current Speed Torque Input Current Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
A rpm kgfcm W A kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.84 1375 2.84 7.00 0.06 5.00 2.05 2.60
1Φ100 14.0
60 0.89 1650 2.36 7.00 0.06 5.00 1.85 2.60
50 0.84 1375 2.84 8.00 0.07 5.00 2.19 2.60
1Φ110 12.0
M‐5RK40N‐AS 60 0.83 1675 2.33 8.00 0.07 5.00 2.08 2.60
M‐5RK40A‐AS 50 0.91 1375 2.84 9.00 0.08 5.00 2.29 2.60
1Φ115 12.0
60 0.86 1675 2.33 9.00 0.08 5.00 2.17 2.60
50 0.97 1375 2.84 9.00 0.08 5.00 2.25 2.60
1Φ120 10.0
60 0.75 1700 2.29 9.00 0.08 5.00 2.32 2.60
G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
50 0.36 1350 2.89 9.00 0.05 5.00 0.72 2.60
1Φ200 3.5
60 0.45 1625 2.40 9.00 0.05 5.00 0.67 2.60
50 0.34 1375 2.84 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.80 2.60
1Φ220 3.0
M‐5RK40N‐CS 60 0.38 1650 2.36 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.73 2.60
M‐5RK40A‐CS 50 0.37 1375 2.84 13.00 0.06 5.00 0.85 2.60
1Φ230 3.0
60 0.36 1675 2.33 13.00 0.06 5.00 0.75 2.60
50 0.33 1375 2.84 14.00 0.06 5.00 0.87 2.60
1Φ240 2.5
60 0.32 1675 2.33 14.00 0.06 5.00 0.78 2.60

79
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐5N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 9.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5N3‐K / L~G‐5N18‐K / L 1.02
G‐5N20‐K / L~G‐5N60‐K / L 1.11
G‐5N75‐K / L~G‐5N180‐K / L 1.22
G‐5N10X‐K 0.65

Š Specifications of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors Continuous rating

Rating Braking Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model Current Speed Torque Input Current Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
A rpm kgfcm W A kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.28 1350 2.89 9.00 0.05 5.00 0.86 7.00
3Φ200 ‐
60 0.26 1600 2.44 9.00 0.05 5.00 0.80 7.00
50 0.30 1375 2.84 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.93 7.00
M‐5RK40N‐SS 3Φ220 ‐
60 0.26 1650 2.36 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.67 7.00
M‐5RK40A‐SS
50 0.30 1375 2.84 13.00 0.06 5.00 0.93 7.00
3Φ230 ‐
60 0.26 1675 2.33 13.00 0.06 5.00 0.91 7.00
3Φ380 50 0.17 1375 2.84 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.53 7.00 ‐
50 0.18 1375 2.84 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.57 7.00 G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
3Φ400 ‐
60 0.16 1650 2.36 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.53 7.00
50 0.16 1375 2.84 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.48 7.00
3Φ415 ‐
M‐5RK 0N‐US 60 0.14 1650 2.36 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.45 7.00
M‐5RK40A‐US 50 0.16 1400 2.78 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.51 7.00
3Φ440 ‐
60 0.14 1675 2.33 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.48 7.00
50 0.17 1400 2.78 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.53 7.00
3Φ460 ‐
60 0.14 1675 2.33 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.50 7.00
„ The brake service voltage is AC 220V.

80
 Electromagnetic Brake Motor 40W
Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Characteristics of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐5N□- L 6.7 11 16 18 23 28 33 36 45 54 65 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

81
Mute Test

Those who know drinking get feelings Those who set their mind at ease get relaxed
Those who are contented get joy Those who can forget get freedom
Those who can let go of the past get comfort Those who care get friends
Those who know how to cherish get happiness

82
 Electromagnetic Brake Motor 60W
Electromagnetic Brake Motor [Frame 5][60W]
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motor

Lead wire of length:

300mm
Brake lead wire of length: 300mm UL1430,AWG22 Weight: 32 kg

* The dimensions inside the brackets belong to N‐type gear shafts, which are
coupled to those of the gear box and the intermediate gear box, and should
K
match with G‐5N□‐ L

Single‐phase: 3 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Tri‐phase: 6 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Š Circular Shaft Specification

Note: For applicable machine types, please refer

to the models. We also provide customized
motors.

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5N3‐K / L~G‐5N18‐K / L 1.02
G‐5N20‐K / L~G‐5N60‐K / L 1.11
G‐5N75‐K / L~G‐5N180‐K / L 1.22
G‐5N10X‐K 0.65

83
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐5N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 9.5 −0.15

Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

84
 Electromagnetic Brake Motor 90W
Š Specifications of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors 30 min rating
Rating Braking Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model Current Speed Torque Input Current Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
A rpm kgfcm W A kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 1.12 1350 4.33 7.00 0.06 5.00 2.15 3.80
1Φ100 20.0
60 1.24 1650 3.54 7.00 0.06 5.00 2.14 3.80
50 1.08 1375 4.25 8.00 0.07 5.00 2.58 3.80
N
1Φ110 18.0
M‐5RK60 U ‐AFS 60 1.10 1675 3.49 8.00 0.07 5.00 2.18 3.80
M‐5RK60A‐AFS 50 1.11 1375 4.25 9.00 0.08 5.00 2.41 3.80
1Φ115 18.0
60 1.15 1675 3.49 9.00 0.08 5.00 2.29 3.80
50 1.15 1375 4.25 9.00 0.08 5.00 2.44 3.80
1Φ120 16.0
60 1.13 1675 3.49 9.00 0.08 5.00 2.39 3.80 G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
50 0.56 1350 4.33 9.00 0.05 5.00 1.12 3.80 ‐ G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
1Φ200 5.0
60 0.59 1650 3.54 9.00 0.05 5.00 1.02 3.80
50 0.57 1375 4.25 11.00 0.06 5.00 1.26 3.80
N
1Φ220 5.0
M‐5RK60 U ‐CFS 60 0.60 1675 3.49 11.00 0.06 5.00 1.14 3.80
M‐5RK60A‐CFS 50 0.54 1375 4.25 13.00 0.06 5.00 1.23 3.80
1Φ230 4.0
60 0.52 1675 3.49 13.00 0.06 5.00 1.19 3.80
50 0.56 1375 4.25 14.00 0.06 5.00 1.28 3.80
1Φ240 4.0
60 0.50 1675 3.49 14.00 0.06 5.00 1.20 3.80

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm)

Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐5N□- L 6.7 11 16 18 23 28 33 36 45 54 65 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

85
Š Specifications of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors Continuous rating
Rating Braking Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model Current Speed Torque Input Current Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
A rpm kgfcm W A kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.45 1350 4.33 9.00 0.05 5.00 1.22 9.00
3Φ200 ‐
60 0.36 1625 3.60 9.00 0.05 5.00 1.12 9.00
N
50 0.49 1375 4.25 11.00 0.06 5.00 1.34 9.00
M‐5RK60 U ‐SFS 3Φ220 ‐
60 0.41 1650 3.54 11.00 0.06 5.00 1.27 9.00
M‐5RK60A‐SFS
50 0.50 1400 4.18 13.00 0.06 5.00 1.28 9.00
3Φ230 ‐
60 0.41 1675 3.49 13.00 0.06 5.00 1.31 9.00
3Φ380 50 0.27 1375 4.25 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.76 9.00 ‐
G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
50 0.28 1400 4.18 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.72 9.00
3Φ400 ‐ ‐ G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
60 0.23 1675 3.49 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.75 9.00
50 0.25 1400 4.18 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.70 9.00
N
3Φ415 ‐
M‐5RK60 U ‐UFS 60 0.20 1675 3.49 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.70 9.00
M‐5RK60A‐UFS 50 0.28 1400 4.18 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.66 9.00
3Φ440 ‐
60 0.22 1675 3.49 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.76 9.00
50 0.31 1400 4.18 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.63 9.00
3Φ460 ‐
60 0.23 1700 3.44 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.73 9.00
„ The brake service voltage is AC 220V.

Š Characteristics of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-K 10 16 24 27 32 40 48 54 64 77 93 155 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

86
 Electromagnetic Brake Motor 90W
Electromagnetic Brake Motor [Frame 5][90W]
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motor

Lead wire of length:

300mm
Brake lead wire of length: 300mm UL1430,AWG22 Weight: 3.8 kg

Single‐phase: 3 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Tri‐phase: 6 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Š Circular Shaft Specification

Note: For applicable machine types, please refer

to the models. We also provide customized
motors.

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73

87
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5N -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -KH 30 6 −0.03 6 −0.03 60 14.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U50‐KH~G‐5U60‐KH 1.85
G‐5U75‐KH~G‐5U180‐KH 2.00
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

88
 Electromagnetic Brake Motor 90W
Š Specifications of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors 30 min rating
Rating Braking Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model Current Speed Torque Input Current Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
A rpm kgfcm W A kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 1.72 1350 6.49 7.00 0.06 5.00 3.86 5.20
1Φ100 28.0
60 1.70 1650 5.31 7.00 0.06 5.00 3.02 5.20
50 1.43 1375 6.37 8.00 0.07 5.00 3.83 5.20
1Φ110 25.0
M‐5RK90U‐AFS 60 1.58 1675 5.23 8.00 0.07 5.00 3.51 5.20
M‐5RK90A‐AFS 50 1.50 1375 6.37 9.00 0.08 5.00 3.94 5.20
1Φ115 25.0
60 1.63 1675 5.23 9.00 0.08 5.00 3.69 5.20
50 1.66 1375 6.37 9.00 0.08 5.00 3.97 5.20
1Φ120 20.0
60 1.64 1675 5.23 9.00 0.08 5.00 4.59 5.20 G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
‐
50 0.82 1350 6.49 9.00 0.05 5.00 1.83 5.20 G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
1Φ200 7.0
60 0.87 1650 5.31 9.00 0.05 5.00 1.63 5.20
50 0.68 1375 6.37 11.00 0.06 5.00 1.93 5.20
1Φ220 6.0
M‐5RK90U‐CFS 60 0.75 1675 5.23 11.00 0.06 5.00 1.79 5.20
M‐5RK90A‐CFS 50 0.74 1375 6.37 13.00 0.06 5.00 2.06 5.20
1Φ230 6.0
60 0.80 1675 5.23 13.00 0.06 5.00 1.93 5.20
50 0.81 1375 6.37 14.00 0.06 5.00 2.10 5.20
1Φ240 5.0
60 0.81 1675 5.23 14.00 0.06 5.00 2.31 5.20

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-K 14 23 35 38 46 58 69 77 92 111 133 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

89
Š Specifications of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors Continuous rating
Rating Braking Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model Current Speed Torque Input Current Torque Current Torque Oil Intermediate
V Hz uF Ball bearing
A rpm kgfcm W A kgfcm A kgfcm bearing speed ratio
50 0.65 1375 6.37 9.00 0.05 5.00 2.59 15.00
3Φ200 ‐
60 0.55 1650 5.31 9.00 0.05 5.00 2.07 15.00
50 0.79 1375 6.37 11.00 0.06 5.00 2.35 15.00
M‐5RK90U‐SFS 3Φ220 ‐
60 0.58 1675 5.23 11.00 0.06 5.00 2.20 15.00
M‐5RK90A‐SFS
50 0.84 1400 6.26 13.00 0.06 5.00 2.25 15.00
3Φ230 ‐
60 0.61 1675 5.23 13.00 0.06 5.00 2.11 15.00
3Φ380 50 0.41 1400 6.26 11.00 0.06 5.00 1.36 15.00 ‐
G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
50 0.46 1400 6.26 11.00 0.06 5.00 1.30 15.00 ‐
3Φ400 ‐ G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
60 0.35 1675 5.23 11.00 0.06 5.00 1.21 15.00
50 0.31 1375 6.37 11.00 0.06 5.00 1.22 15.00
3Φ415 ‐
M‐5RK90U‐UFS 60 0.25 1650 5.31 11.00 0.06 5.00 1.09 15.00
M‐5RK90A‐UFS 50 0.34 1375 6.37 11.00 0.06 5.00 1.15 15.00
3Φ440 ‐
60 0.27 1650 5.31 11.00 0.06 5.00 1.03 15.00
50 0.36 14001 6.26 11.00 0.06 5.00 1.10 15.00
3Φ460 ‐
60 0.27 1675 5.23 11.00 0.06 5.00 0.99 15.00
„ The brake service voltage is AC 220V.

Š Characteristics of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-KH ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 216 300 300 300 300 300 ‐ ‐ 300 300 300 300
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

90
 Electromagnetic Brake Motor 120W
Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motor
[Frame 5][120W]
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motor

Lead wire of length:

300mm
Brake lead wire of length: 300mm Weight: 3.8 kg
UL 1430, AWG22

Single‐phase: 3 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Tri‐phase: 6 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Š Circular Shaft Specification

Note: For applicable machine types, please refer

to the models. We also provide customized
motors.

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73

91
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Š Gear Box

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -KH 30 6 −0.03 6 −0.03 60 14.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U50‐KH~G‐5U60‐KH 1.85
G‐5U75‐KH~G‐5U180‐KH 2.00
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

92
 Electromagnetic Brake Motor 120W
Š Specifications of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors 30 min rating
Rating Braking Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model Current Speed Torque Input Current Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
A rpm kgfcm W A kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 2.26 1300 8.99 10.00 0.10 10.00 4.07 6.00
1Φ100 30.0
60 2.00 1600 7.30 10.00 0.10 10.00 3.04 6.00
50 1.82 1325 8.82 12.00 0.11 10.00 3.68 6.00
1Φ110 28.0
M‐5RK120U‐AFS 60 1.83 1650 7.08 12.00 0.11 10.00 3.41 6.00
M‐5RK120A‐AFS 50 1.72 1350 8.66 14.00 0.12 10.00 3.89 6.00
1Φ115 28.0
60 1.88 1650 7.08 14.00 0.12 10.00 3.53 6.00
50 1.70 1350 8.66 15.00 0.12 10.00 3.90 6.00
1Φ120 25.0
60 1.93 1650 7.08 15.00 0.12 10.00 4.12 6.00 G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
‐
50 1.02 1300 8.99 15.00 0.08 10.00 1.80 6.00 G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
1Φ200 8.0
60 1.09 1600 7.30 15.00 0.08 10.00 1.61 6.00
50 0.89 1325 8.82 18.00 0.09 10.00 1.91 6.00
1Φ220 7.0
M‐5RK120U‐CFS 60 0.96 1625 7.19 18.00 0.09 10.00 1.76 6.00
M‐5RK120A‐CFS 50 0.83 1350 8.66 21.00 0.10 10.00 2.04 6.00
1Φ230 7.0
60 0.93 1650 7.08 21.00 0.10 10.00 1.88 6.00
50 0.83 1350 8.66 23.00 0.10 10.00 2.04 6.00
1Φ240 6.0
60 0.99 1650 7.08 23.00 0.10 10.00 2.36 6.00

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-K 14 23 35 38 46 58 69 77 92 111 133 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

93
Š Specifications of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors Continuous rating
Rating Braking Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model Current Speed Torque Input Current Torque Current Torque Oil Intermediate
V Hz uF Ball bearing
A rpm kgfcm W A kgfcm A kgfcm bearing speed ratio
50 0.75 1300 8.99 15.00 0.08 10.00 2.59 18.00
3Φ200 ‐
60 0.67 1575 7.42 15.00 0.08 10.00 2.07 18.00
50 0.81 1350 8.66 18.00 0.09 10.00 2.35 18.00
M‐5RK120U‐SFS 3Φ220 ‐
60 0.68 1550 7.54 18.00 0.09 10.00 2.04 18.00
M‐5RK120A‐SFS
50 0.89 1350 8.66 21.00 0.10 10.00 2.25 18.00
3Φ230 ‐
60 0.65 1650 7.08 21.00 0.10 10.00 1.95 18.00
3Φ380 50 0.45 1350 8.66 18.00 0.09 10.00 1.36 18.00 ‐
G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
50 0.48 1375 8.50 18.00 0.09 10.00 1.30 18.00 ‐
3Φ400 ‐ G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
60 0.37 1650 7.08 18.00 0.09 10.00 1.12 18.00
50 0.35 1300 8.99 18.00 0.09 10.00 1.22 18.00
3Φ415 ‐
M‐5RK120U‐UFS 60 0.31 1575 7.42 18.00 0.09 10.00 1.09 18.00
M‐5RK120A‐UFS 50 0.38 1325 8.82 18.00 0.09 10.00 1.15 18.00
3Φ440 ‐
60 0.31 1600 7.30 18.00 0.09 10.00 1.03 18.00
50 0.38 1350 8.66 18.00 0.09 10.00 1.10 18.00
3Φ460 ‐
60 0.31 1625 7.19 18.00 0.09 10.00 0.99 18.00
„ The brake service voltage is AC 220V.

Š Characteristics of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-KH ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 216 300 300 300 300 300 ‐ ‐ 300 300 300 300
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

94
 Electromagnetic Brake Motor 150W
Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motor
[Frame 5][150W]
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motor

Lead wire of length:

300mm
Brake lead wire of length: 300mm Weight: 3.8 kg
UL 1430, AWG22

Single‐phase: 3 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Tri‐phase: 6 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Š Circular Shaft Specification

Note: For applicable machine types, please refer

to the models. We also provide customized
motors.

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73

95
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5N -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Š Gear Box

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -KH 30 6 −0.03 6 −0.03 60 14.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U50‐KH~G‐5U60‐KH 1.85
G‐5U75‐KH~G‐5U180‐KH 2.00
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

96
 Electromagnetic Brake Motor 150W
Š Specifications of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors 30 min rating
Rating Braking Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model Current Speed Torque Input Current Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediat
V Hz uF
A rpm kgfcm W A kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing e speed ratio
50 2.88 1250 11.68 10.00 0.10 10.00 4.64 7.50
1Φ100 38.0
60 2.56 1575 9.27 10.00 0.10 10.00 3.52 7.50
50 2.32 1300 11.24 12.00 0.11 10.00 4.42 7.50
1Φ110 36.0
M‐5RK150U‐AFS 60 2.47 1600 9.13 12.00 0.11 10.00 3.80 7.50
M‐5RK150A‐AFS 50 2.13 1325 11.02 14.00 0.12 10.00 4.44 7.50
1Φ115 36.0
60 2.34 1650 8.85 14.00 0.12 10.00 4.12 7.50
50 2.11 1325 11.02 15.00 0.12 10.00 4.26 7.50
1Φ120 30.0
60 2.13 1650 8.85 15.00 0.12 10.00 4.31 7.50 G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
‐
50 1.12 1300 11.24 15.00 0.08 10.00 2.38 7.50 G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
1Φ200 9.0
60 1.23 1600 9.13 15.00 0.08 10.00 2.15 7.50
50 1.08 1325 11.02 18.00 0.09 10.00 2.43 7.50
1Φ220 8.0
M‐5RK150U‐CFS 60 1.26 1625 8.99 18.00 0.09 10.00 2.69 7.50
M‐5RK150A‐CFS 50 1.18 1325 11.02 21.00 0.10 10.00 2.32 7.50
1Φ230 7.0
60 1.23 1650 8.85 21.00 0.10 10.00 2.81 7.50
50 1.36 1300 11.24 23.00 0.10 10.00 2.59 7.50
1Φ240 6.0
60 1.00 1625 8.99 23.00 0.10 10.00 2.54 7.50

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-K 14 23 35 38 46 58 69 77 92 111 133 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

97
Š Specifications of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors Continuous rating
Rating Braking Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model Current Speed Torque Input Current Torque Current Torque Oil Intermediate
V Hz uF Ball bearing
A rpm kgfcm W A kgfcm A kgfcm bearing speed ratio
50 0.96 1275 11.46 15.00 0.08 10.00 2.54 20.00
3Φ200 ‐
60 0.86 1525 9.58 15.00 0.08 10.00 2.36 20.00
50 1.08 1325 11.02 18.00 0.09 10.00 2.80 20.00
M‐5RK150U‐SFS 3Φ220 ‐
60 0.82 1600 9.13 18.00 0.09 10.00 2.60 20.00
M‐5RK150A‐SFS
50 1.17 1350 10.82 21.00 0.10 10.00 2.88 20.00
3Φ230 ‐
60 0.83 1625 8.99 21.00 0.10 10.00 2.70 20.00
3Φ380 50 0.60 1325 11.02 18.00 0.09 10.00 1.70 20.00 ‐
G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
50 0.65 1350 10.82 18.00 0.09 10.00 1.79 20.00 ‐
3Φ400 ‐ G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
60 0.48 1625 8.99 18.00 0.09 10.00 1.65 20.00
50 0.41 1275 11.46 18.00 0.09 10.00 1.20 20.00
3Φ415 ‐
M‐5RK150U‐UFS 60 0.38 1525 9.58 18.00 0.09 10.00 1.12 20.00
M‐5RK150A‐UFS 50 0.43 1300 11.24 18.00 0.09 10.00 1.23 20.00
3Φ440 ‐
60 0.37 1575 9.27 18.00 0.09 10.00 1.18 20.00
50 0.45 1325 11.02 18.00 0.09 10.00 1.30 20.00
3Φ460 ‐
60 0.38 1575 9.27 18.00 0.09 10.00 1.25 20.00
„ The brake service voltage is AC 220V.

Š Characteristics of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-KH ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 216 300 300 300 300 300 ‐ ‐ 300 300 300 300
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

98
 Electromagnetic Brake Motor 200W
Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motor
[Frame 6][200W]
Š Connection Box for Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors
Brake lead wire
of length:
300mm
UL 1430,
AWG22
PG‐09 applicable cable ∮4.5~∮8

Š Circular Shaft Specification

Weight: 6.4 kg
Brake lead wire
of length:
300mm
UL 1430,
AWG22
PG‐09 applicable cable ∮4.5~∮8

Note: For applicable machine types,

please refer to the models. We also
provide customized motors.
Weight: 6.4 kg

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors 30 min rating

Rating Braking Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model Current Speed Torque Input Current Torque Current Torque uF Oil Ball Intermediat
V Hz
A rpm kgfcm W A kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing e speed ratio
50 3.14 1300 14.98 13.00 0.13 20.00 5.60 8.80
1Φ100 42.0
60 3.19 1600 12.17 13.00 0.13 20.00 5.40 8.80
50 3.18 1350 14.43 16.00 0.14 20.00 6.50 8.80
1Φ110 40.0
M‐6RK200U‐AFTS 60 2.97 1650 11.80 16.00 0.14 20.00 6.10 8.80
M‐6RK200A‐AFTS 50 3.14 1375 14.16 17.00 0.15 20.00 6.70 8.80
1Φ115 40.0
60 3.06 1650 11.80 17.00 0.15 20.00 6.30 8.80
50 2.86 1375 14.16 18.00 0.15 20.00 7.10 8.80
1Φ120 36.0
60 2.69 1675 11.63 18.00 0.15 20.00 6.80 8.80
‐ ‐ ‐
50 1.52 1350 14.43 19.00 0.10 20.00 3.60 8.80
1Φ200 12.0
60 .68 1650 11.80 19.00 0.10 20.00 3.30 8.80
50 1.41 1375 14.16 23.00 0.10 20.00 4.00 8.80
1Φ220 10.0
M‐6RK200U‐CFTS 60 1.44 1675 11.63 23.00 0.10 20.00 3.70 8.80
M‐6RK200A‐CFTS 50 1.26 1400 13.91 25.00 0.12 20.00 4.10 8.80
1Φ230 10.0
60 1.45 1675 11.63 25.00 0.12 20.00 3.80 8.80
50 1.26 1400 13.91 28.00 0.13 20.00 4.30 8.80
1Φ240 8.0
60 1.00 1625 8.99 23.00 0.10 10.00 2.54 7.50

99
Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Characteristics of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Specifications of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Brake Motors Continuous rating

Rating Braking Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model Current Speed Torque Input Current Torque Current Torque uF Oil Intermediate
V Hz Ball bearing
A rpm kgfcm W A kgfcm A kgfcm bearing speed ratio
50 1.10 1350 14.43 19.00 0.10 20.00 4.20 25.00
3Φ200 ‐
60 1.02 1625 11.98 19.00 0.10 20.00 3.90 25.00
50 1.16 1375 14.16 23.00 0.10 20.00 4.60 25.00
3Φ220 ‐
60 1.04 1650 11.80 23.00 0.10 20.00 4.40 25.00
M‐6RK200U‐SFTS
50 1.24 1375 14.16 25.00 0.12 20.00 4.80 25.00 ‐ ‐ ‐
M‐6RK200A‐SFTS 3Φ230 ‐
60 1.00 1675 11.63 25.00 0.12 20.00 4.50 25.00
3Φ380 50 0.66 1375 14.16 23.00 0.10 20.00 2.80 25.00 ‐
50 0.65 1400 13.91 23.00 0.10 20.00 3.00 25.00
3Φ400 ‐
60 0.57 1675 11.63 23.00 0.10 20.00 2.80 25.00
„ The brake service voltage is AC 220V.

100
 Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor 25W
Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor [Frame 4][25W]
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Speed Adjusting Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

Lead wire of length: 180mm
Weight: 2.8kg

Single‐phase: 4 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Tri‐phase: 6 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20
Speed adjusting: 3 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Š Specifications of Clutches and Brakes

Specification Clutch Brake Specification Clutch Brake
Output power of motors (W) 25 Attracting time (msec) 15 15
DC rated voltage (V) 24 Torque set‐up time (msec) 20 20
Friction torque (kgfcm) 17 17 Release time (msec) 25 25
Dynamical friction torque (kgfcm) 17 17 Motion frequency (cycle per 100 100
second)
Power (W) 10 10 Lead wire (UL 1430, AWG22, L=180) Blue Black
Non‐asbestos
Level of insulation E E Brake pad semimetal

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brakes Continuous rating

Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.51 1275 1.91 0.96 1.20
25 1Φ100 7.0
60 0.50 1525 1.60 0.88 1.20
50 0.53 1300 1.88 1.05 1.20
25 1Φ110 6.0
M‐4IK25N‐AC 60 0.43 1625 1.50 0.97 1.20
/S‐S24‐A26‐2 50 0.53 1325 1.84 1.10 1.20
25 1Φ115 6.0
60 0.44 1625 1.50 1.01 1.20
50 0.55 1325 1.84 1.14 1.20
25 1Φ120 5.0
60 0.46 1625 1.50 1.07 1.20
G‐4N ‐L G‐4N ‐K G‐4N10X‐K
50 0.25 1275 1.91 0.47 1.20
25 1Φ200 2.0
60 0.27 1525 1.60 0.44 1.20
50 0.25 1300 1.88 0.51 1.20
25 1Φ220 1.5
M‐4IK25N‐CC 60 0.23 1575 1.55 0.48 1.20
/S‐S24‐A26‐2 50 0.25 1325 1.84 0.54 1.20
25 1Φ230 1.5
60 0.23 1625 1.50 0.50 1.20
50 0.29 1300 1.88 0.56 1.20
25 1Φ240 1.2
60 0.24 1600 1.53 0.52 1.20

101
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐4N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 7.5 −0.15

Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Š Intermediate Gear Box Model Weight (kg)
G‐4N3‐K / L~G‐4N18‐K / L 0.60
G‐4N20‐K / L~G‐4N60‐K / L 0.65
G‐4N75‐K / L~G‐4N180‐K / L 0.71
G‐4N10X‐K 0.41

Š Specifications of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brakes Continuous rating

Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.26 1325 1.84 0.66 5.00
25 1Φ200 ‐
60 0.21 1575 1.55 0.61 5.00
50 0.29 1350 1.81 0.72 5.00
M‐4IK25N‐SC 25 1Φ220 ‐
60 0.23 1625 1.50 0.68 5.00
/S‐S24‐A26‐2
50 0.31 1375 1.77 0.76 5.00
25 1Φ230 ‐
60 0.24 1625 1.50 0.71 5.00
25 1Φ380 50 0.16 1350 1.81 0.41 5.00 ‐
50 0.17 1375 1.77 0.43 5.00 G‐4N ‐L G‐4N ‐K G‐4N10X‐K
25 1Φ400 ‐
60 0.13 1625 1.50 0.40 5.00
50 0.11 1325 1.84 0.31 5.00
25 1Φ415 ‐
M‐4IK25N‐UC 60 0.10 1575 1.55 0.29 5.00
/S‐S24‐A26‐2 50 0.12 1350 1.81 0.32 5.00
25 1Φ440 ‐
60 0.10 1625 1.50 0.30 5.00
50 0.13 1375 1.77 0.34 5.00
25 1Φ460 ‐
60 0.10 1625 1.50 0.32 5.00

102
 Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motors 25W
Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motors
Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)
Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Characteristics of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐4N□- L 4.0 6.7 10 11 13 16 20 21 26 32 39 65 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

103
Motor Production Line

104
 Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor 40W
Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor [Frame 5][40W]
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Speed Adjusting Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

Lead wire of length: 300mm
Weight: 3.95kg

Single‐phase: 4 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Tri‐phase: 6 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20
Speed adjusting: 3 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Š Specifications of Clutches and Brakes

Specification Clutch Brake Specification Clutch Brake
Output power of motors (W) 40 Attracting time (msec) 15 15
DC rated voltage (V) 24 Torque set‐up time (msec) 20 20
Friction torque (kgfcm) 38 38 Release time (msec) 25 25
Motion frequency (cycle per
Dynamical friction torque (kgfcm) 35 35 100 100
second)
Power (W) 11 11 Lead wire (UL 1430, AWG22, L=180) Blue Black
Level of insulation E E Brake pad Non‐asbestos
semimetal

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brakes Continuous rating

Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.78 1375 2.84 2.21 2.00
40 1Φ100 12.0
60 0.77 1675 2.33 2.03 2.00
50 0.81 1375 2.84 2.24 2.00
40 1Φ110 10.0
M‐5IK40N‐AC 60 0.77 1675 2.33 2.18 2.00
/S‐S50‐A26‐3 50 0.78 1400 2.79 2.30 2.00
40 1Φ115 10.0
60 0.71 1700 2.29 2.26 2.00
50 0.88 1400 2.79 2.42 2.00
40 1Φ120 8.0
60 0.66 1700 2.29 2.34 2.00
G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
50 0.31 1350 2.89 0.70 2.00
40 1Φ200 2.5
60 0.33 1650 2.36 0.64 2.00
50 0.30 1375 2.84 0.77 2.00
40 1Φ220 2.3
M‐5IK40N‐CC 60 0.29 1675 2.33 0.70 2.00
/S‐S50‐A26‐3 50 0.32 1375 2.84 0.82 2.00
40 1Φ230 2.3
60 0.31 1675 2.33 0.74 2.00
50 0.29 1400 2.79 0.85 2.00
40 1Φ240 2.0
60 0.28 1675 2.33 0.78 2.00

105
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐5N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 9.5 −0.15

Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Š Intermediate Gear Box
Model Weight (kg)
G‐5N3‐K / L~G‐5N18‐K / L 1.02
G‐5N20‐K / L~G‐5N60‐K / L 1.11
G‐5N75‐K / L~G‐5N180‐K / L 1.22
G‐5N10X‐K 0.65

Š Specifications of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brakes Continuous rating

Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.28 1350 2.89 0.86 7.00
40 3Φ200 ‐
60 0.26 1600 2.44 0.80 7.00
50 0.30 1375 2.84 0.93 7.00
M‐5IK40N‐SC 40 3Φ220 ‐
60 0.26 1650 2.36 0.67 7.00
/S‐S50‐A26‐3
50 0.30 1375 2.84 0.93 7.00
40 3Φ230 ‐
60 0.26 1675 2.33 0.91 7.00
40 3Φ380 50 0.17 1375 2.84 0.53 7.00 ‐
50 0.18 1375 2.84 0.57 7.00 G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
40 3Φ400 ‐
60 0.16 1650 2.36 0.53 7.00
50 0.16 1375 2.84 0.48 7.00
40 3Φ415 ‐
M‐5IK40N‐UC 60 0.14 1650 2.36 0.45 7.00
/S‐S50‐A26‐3 50 0.16 1400 2.78 0.51 7.00
40 3Φ440 ‐
60 0.14 1675 2.33 0.48 7.00
50 0.17 1400 2.78 0.53 7.00
40 3Φ460 ‐
60 0.14 1675 2.33 0.50 7.00

106
 Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motors 40W
Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm)

Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Characteristics of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐5N□- L 6.7 11 16 18 23 28 33 36 45 54 65 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

107
 Coil Production Line

In the long process of human history, the truths, as heavy as gold, are always drowned in the riverbed and
remain hard to discover. On the contrary, fallacies, like cow dung, always float to the surface, and are
widespread unchecked. Bacon

All great truths begin as blasphemies. George Bernard Shaw

Thousands of roads lead to fallacy, but only one leads to truth. Rousseau
It is truth that makes people great, not the other way around. Romain Rolland

108
 Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor 60W
Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor [Frame 5][40W]
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Speed Adjusting Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

Lead wire of length: 300mm Weight: 4.1kg

* The dimensions inside the brackets belong to N‐type gear shafts, which
are coupled to those of the gear box and the intermediate gear box,
K
and should match with G‐5N□‐ L

Single‐phase: 4 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Tri‐phase: 6 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20
Speed adjusting: 3 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Š Specifications of Clutches and Brakes

Specification Clutch Brake Specification Clutch Brake
Output power of motors (W) 60 Attracting time (msec) 15 15
DC rated voltage (V) 24 Torque set‐up time (msec) 20 20
Friction torque (kgfcm) 38 38 Release time (msec) 25 25
Motion frequency (cycle per
Dynamical friction torque (kgfcm) 35 35 100 100
second)
Power (W) 11 11 Lead wire (UL 1430, AWG22, L=180) Blue Black
Non‐asbestos
Level of insulation E E Brake pad
semimetal

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5N3‐K / L~G‐5N18‐K / L 1.02
G‐5N20‐K / L~G‐5N60‐K / L 1.11
G‐5N75‐K / L~G‐5N180‐K / L 1.22
G‐5N10X‐K 0.65

109
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐5N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 9.5 −0.15

Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

110
 Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor 60W
Š Specifications of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brakes Continuous rating
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 1.08 1350 4.33 2.32 3.00
60 1Φ100 18.0
60 1.12 1650 3.54 2.15 3.00
50 1.04 1375 4.25 2.50 3.00
M‐5IK60N‐AFC 60 1Φ110 16.0
/S‐S50‐A26‐3 60 1.07 1675 3.49 2.38 3.00
M‐5IK60U‐AFC 50 1.08 1375 4.25 2.54 3.00
/S‐S50‐A26‐4 60 1Φ115 16.0
60 1.12 1675 3.49 2.52 3.00
50 1.18 1375 4.25 2.74 3.00
60 1Φ120 14.0
60 0.97 1700 3.44 2.65 3.00 G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
50 0.52 1375 4.25 1.12 3.00 ‐ G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
60 1Φ200 5.0
60 0.57 1675 3.49 1.03 3.00
50 0.51 1375 4.25 1.22 3.00
M‐5IK60N‐CFC 60 1Φ220 4.0
/S‐S50‐A26‐3 60 0.49 1675 3.49 1.13 3.00
M‐5IK60U‐CFC 50 0.51 1400 4.18 1.24 3.00
/S‐S50‐A26‐4 60 1Φ230 4.0
60 0.49 1700 3.44 1.20 3.00
50 0.60 1375 4.25 1.30 3.00
60 1Φ240 3.0
60 0.45 1675 3.49 1.19 3.00

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐5N□- L 6.7 11 16 18 23 28 33 36 45 54 65 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

111
Š Specifications of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brakes Continuous rating
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.45 1350 4.33 1.22 9.00
60 3Φ200 ‐
60 0.36 1625 3.60 1.12 9.00
M‐5IK60N‐SFC 50 0.49 1375 4.25 1.34 9.00
/S‐S50‐A26‐3 60 3Φ220 ‐
M‐5IK60U‐SFC 60 0.41 1650 3.54 1.27 9.00
/S‐S50‐A26‐4 50 0.50 1400 4.18 1.28 9.00
60 3Φ230 ‐
60 0.41 1675 3.49 1.31 9.00
60 3Φ380 50 0.27 1375 4.25 0.76 9.00 ‐
G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
50 0.28 1400 4.18 0.72 9.00
60 3Φ400 ‐ ‐ G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
60 0.23 1675 3.49 0.75 9.00
50 0.25 1400 4.18 0.70 9.00
M‐5IK60N‐UFC 60 3Φ415 ‐
/S‐S50‐A26‐3 60 0.20 1675 3.49 0.70 9.00
M‐5IK60U‐UFC 50 0.28 1400 4.18 0.66 9.00
/S‐S50‐A26‐4 60 3Φ440 ‐
60 0.22 1675 3.49 0.76 9.00
50 0.31 1400 4.18 0.63 9.00
60 3Φ460 ‐
60 0.23 1700 3.44 0.73 9.00

Š Characteristics of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-K 10 16 24 27 32 40 48 54 64 77 93 155 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

112
 Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor 90W
Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor [Frame 5][90W]
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Speed Adjusting Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

Lead wire of length: 300mm
Weight: 4.7kg

Single‐phase: 4 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Tri‐phase: 6 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20
Speed adjusting: 3 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Š Specifications of Clutches and Brakes

Specification Clutch Brake Specification Clutch Brake
Output power of motors (W) 90 Attracting time (msec) 15 15
DC rated voltage (V) 24 Torque set‐up time (msec) 20 20
Friction torque (kgfcm) 38 38 Release time (msec) 25 25
Motion frequency (cycle per
Dynamical friction torque (kgfcm) 35 35 100 100
second)
Power (W) 11 11 Lead wire (UL 1430, AWG22, L=180) Blue Black
Level of insulation E E Brake pad Non‐asbestos
semimetal

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73

113
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -KH 30 6 −0.03 6 −0.03 60 14.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U50‐KH~G‐5U60‐KH 1.85
G‐5U75‐KH~G‐5U180‐KH 2.00
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

114
 Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor 90W
Š Specifications of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brakes Continuous rating
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 1.40 1350 6.49 3.24 4.50
90 1Φ100 25.0
60 1.54 1650 5.31 3.00 4.50
50 1.40 1375 6.37 3.63 4.50
90 1Φ110 20.0
M‐5IK90U‐AFC 60 1.37 1675 5.29 3.49 4.50
/S‐S50‐A26‐4 50 1.51 1375 6.37 3.79 4.50
90 1Φ115 20.0
60 1.29 1675 5.23 3.47 4.50
50 1.66 1375 6.37 3.88 4.50
90 1Φ120 18.0
60 1.41 1675 5.23 4.16 4.50 G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
‐
50 0.71 1350 6.49 1.75 4.50 G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
90 1Φ200 6.0
60 0.75 1650 5.31 1.57 4.50
50 0.68 1375 6.37 1.91 4.50
90 1Φ220 5.0
M‐5IK90U‐CFC 60 0.69 1675 5.23 1.81 4.50
/S‐S50‐A26‐4 50 0.72 1375 6.37 1.94 4.50
90 1Φ230 5.0
60 0.71 1675 5.23 1.90 4.50
50 0.85 1375 6.37 2.11 4.50
90 1Φ240 4.0
60 0.60 1675 5.23 1.95 4.50

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-K 14 23 35 38 46 58 69 77 92 111 133 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

115
Š Specifications of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brakes Continuous rating
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.65 1375 6.37 2.59 15.00
90 3Φ200 ‐
60 0.55 1650 5.31 2.07 15.00
50 0.79 1375 6.37 2.35 15.00
M‐5IK90U‐SFC 90 3Φ220 ‐
60 0.58 1675 5.23 2.20 15.00
/S‐S50‐A26‐4
50 0.84 1400 6.26 2.25 15.00
90 3Φ230 ‐
60 0.61 1675 5.23 2.11 15.00
90 3Φ380 50 0.41 1400 6.26 1.36 15.00 ‐
G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
50 0.46 1400 6.26 1.30 15.00 ‐
3Φ400 ‐ G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
90 60 0.35 1675 5.23 1.21 15.00
50 0.31 1375 6.37 1.22 15.00
3Φ415 ‐
M‐5IK90U‐UFC 90 60 0.25 1650 5.31 1.09 15.00
/S‐S50‐A26‐4 50 0.34 1375 6.37 1.15 15.00
3Φ440 ‐
90 60 0.27 1650 5.31 1.03 15.00
50 0.36 1400 6.26 1.10 15.00
90 3Φ460 ‐
60 0.27 1675 5.23 0.99 15.00

Š Characteristics of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-KH ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 216 300 300 300 300 300 ‐ ‐ 300 300 300 300
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

116
 Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor 120W
Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor [Frame 5][120W]
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Speed Adjusting Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

Lead wire of length: 300mm
Weight: 4.7kg
Single‐phase: 4 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20
Tri‐phase: 6 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20
Speed adjusting: 3 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Š Specifications of Clutches and Brakes

Specification Clutch Brake Specification Clutch Brake
Output power of motors (W) 120 Attracting time (msec) 15 15
DC rated voltage (V) 24 Torque set‐up time (msec) 20 20
Friction torque (kgfcm) 38 38 Release time (msec) 25 25
Motion frequency (cycle per
Dynamical friction torque (kgfcm) 35 35 100 100
second)
Power (W) 11 11 Lead wire (UL 1430, AWG22, L=180) Blue Black
Level of insulation E E Brake pad Non‐asbestos
semimetal

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73

117
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Š Gear Box

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -KH 30 6 −0.03 6 −0.03 60 14.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U50‐KH~G‐5U60‐KH 1.85
G‐5U75‐KH~G‐5U180‐KH 2.00
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

118
 Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor 120W
Š Specifications of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brakes Continuous rating
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 2.24 1300 8.99 4.01 6.00
120 1Φ100 30.0
60 1.98 1600 7.30 2.97 6.00
50 1.77 1325 8.82 3.51 6.00
120 1Φ110 28.0
M‐5IK120U‐AFC 60 1.78 1650 7.08 3.24 6.00
/S‐S50‐A26‐4 50 1.71 1350 8.66 3.77 6.00
120 1Φ115 28.0
60 1.74 1675 6.98 3.34 6.00
50 1.72 1350 8.66 3.85 6.00
120 1Φ120 25.0
60 1.66 1675 6.98 3.70 6.00 G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
‐
50 0.98 1275 9.17 1.73 6.00 G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
120 1Φ200 7.0
60 0.94 1600 7.30 1.57 6.00
50 0.80 1325 8.82 1.85 6.00
120 1Φ220 6.0
M‐5IK120U‐CFC 60 0.89 1625 7.19 1.75 6.00
/S‐S50‐A26‐4 50 0.84 1325 8.82 1.90 6.00
120 1Φ230 6.0
60 0.91 1625 7.19 1.80 6.00
50 0.87 1325 8.82 2.00 6.00
120 1Φ240 5.0
60 0.79 1650 7.08 1.96 6.00

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-K 14 23 35 38 46 58 69 77 92 111 133 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

119
Š Specifications of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brakes Continuous rating
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.75 1300 8.99 2.59 18.00
120 3Φ200 ‐
60 0.67 1575 7.42 2.07 18.00
50 0.81 1350 8.66 2.35 18.00
M‐5IK120U‐SFC 120 3Φ220 ‐
60 0.68 1550 7.54 2.04 18.00
/S‐S50‐A26‐4
50 0.89 1350 8.66 2.25 18.00
120 3Φ230 ‐
60 0.65 1650 7.08 1.95 18.00
120 3Φ380 50 0.45 1350 8.66 1.36 18.00 ‐
G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
50 0.48 1375 8.50 1.30 18.00 ‐
3Φ400 ‐ G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
120 60 0.37 1650 7.08 1.12 18.00
50 0.35 1300 8.99 1.22 18.00
3Φ415 ‐
M‐5IK120U‐UFC 120 60 0.31 1575 7.42 1.09 18.00
/S‐S50‐A26‐4 50 0.38 1325 8.82 1.15 18.00
3Φ440 ‐
120 60 0.31 1600 7.30 1.03 18.00
50 0.38 1350 8.66 1.10 18.00
120 3Φ460 ‐
60 0.31 1625 7.19 0.99 18.00

Š Characteristics of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-KH ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 216 300 300 300 300 300 ‐ ‐ 300 300 300 300
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

120
 Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor 150W
Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor [Frame 5][150W]
Š Single‐phase/Tri‐phase Speed Adjusting Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

Lead wire of length: 300mm
Weight: 4.7kg
Single‐phase: 4 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20
Tri‐phase: 6 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20
Speed adjusting: 3 wires, UL 3266 AWG 20

Š Specifications of Clutches and Brakes

Specification Clutch Brake Specification Clutch Brake
Output power of motors (W) 150 Attracting time (msec) 15 15
DC rated voltage (V) 24 Torque set‐up time (msec) 20 20
Static friction torque (kgfcm) 38 38 Release time (msec) 25 25
Kinetic friction torque (kgfcm) 35 35 Motion frequency (cycle per 100 100
second)
Power (W) 11 11 Lead wire (UL 1430, AWG22, L=180) Blue Black
Level of insulation E E Brake pad Non‐asbestos
semimetal

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73

121
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Š Gear Box

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -KH 30 6 −0.03 6 −0.03 60 14.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U50‐KH~G‐5U60‐KH 1.85
G‐5U75‐KH~G‐5U180‐KH 2.00
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

122
 Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motor 150W
Š Specifications of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brakes Continuous rating
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 2.62 1275 11.46 4.51 7.50
150 1Φ100 36.0
60 2.45 1575 9.27 3.47 7.50
50 2.11 1300 11.24 4.26 7.50
150 1Φ110 32.0
M‐5IK150U‐AFC 60 2.14 1625 8.99 3.81 7.50
/S‐S50‐A26‐4 50 2.00 1325 11.02 4.46 7.50
150 1Φ115 32.0
60 2.25 1625 8.99 4.13 7.50
50 2.05 1325 11.02 4.27 7.50
150 1Φ120 28.0
60 2.28 1650 8.85 5.03 7.50 G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
‐
50 1.11 1300 11.24 2.35 7.50 G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
150 1Φ200 9.0
60 1.18 1625 8.99 2.17 7.50
50 1.07 1325 11.02 2.42 7.50
150 1Φ220 8.0
M‐5IK150U‐CFC 60 1.31 1625 8.99 2.77 7.50
/S‐S50‐A26‐4 50 1.21 1325 11.02 2.59 7.50
150 1Φ230 7.0
60 1.09 1650 8.85 2.82 7.50
50 1.33 1325 11.02 2.59 7.50
150 1Φ240 6.0
60 0.94 1650 8.85 2.68 7.50

Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-K 14 23 35 38 46 58 69 77 92 111 133 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

123
Š Specifications of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brakes Continuous rating
Output Rating Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Capacitor
Motor model power Current Speed Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V Hz uF
W A rpm kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
50 0.96 1275 11.46 2.54 20.00
150 3Φ200 ‐
60 0.86 1525 9.58 2.36 20.00
50 1.08 1325 11.02 2.80 20.00
M‐5IK150U‐SFC 150 3Φ220 ‐
60 0.82 1600 9.13 2.60 20.00
/S‐S50‐A26‐4
50 1.17 1350 10.82 2.88 20.00
150 3Φ230 ‐
60 0.83 1625 8.99 2.70 20.00
150 3Φ380 50 0.60 1325 11.02 1.70 20.00 ‐
G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
50 0.65 1350 10.82 1.79 20.00 ‐
150 3Φ400 ‐ G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
60 0.48 1625 8.99 1.65 20.00
50 0.41 1275 11.46 1.20 20.00
150 3Φ415 ‐
M‐5IK150U‐UFC 60 0.38 1525 9.58 1.12 20.00
/S‐S50‐A26‐4 50 0.43 1300 11.24 1.23 20.00
150 3Φ440 ‐
60 0.37 1575 9.27 1.18 20.00
50 0.45 1325 11.02 1.30 20.00
150 3Φ460 ‐
60 0.38 1575 9.27 1.25 20.00

Š Characteristics of Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Clutch Brake Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-KH ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 216 300 300 300 300 300 ‐ ‐ 300 300 300 300
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

124
 Torque Induction Motors 3W
Torque Motors [Frame 2][3W]
Š Single‐phase Torque Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

4 wires, UL 3266 Weight: 0.75 kg
AWG 20

Š Circular Shaft Specification Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Torque

Induction Motors
Torque (kgfcm)

Note: For applicable machine types, please refer to the

models. We also provide customized motors.

Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Torque Induction Motors

At max. output power Coupled gear box model
Starting Output
Motor Rated Voltage Frequency Rotational Capacitor
torque power Torque Current Input Oil Ball Intermediate
model time V Hz speed uF
kgfcm W kgfcm A W bearing bearing speed ratio
(rpm)
40
5min 110 60 0.70 3 900 0.39 0.28 26
M‐2TK3N‐A (250)
G‐2N ‐L G‐2N ‐L G‐2N10X‐K
M‐2TK3A‐A 40
CONT. 60 60 0.23 1 900 0.13 0.18 10
(250)

125
Š Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes
Model Weight (kg)
G‐2N3‐K / L~G‐2N18‐K / L 0.30
G‐2N20‐K / L~G‐2N60‐K / L 0.31
G‐2N75‐K / L~G‐2N180‐K / L 0.33
G‐2N10X‐K 0.20

Š Intermediate Gear Box

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐2N□- L 1.0 1.6 2.5 2.7 3.4 4.1 5.0 5.4 6.7 8.1 9.7 16 23 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

126
 Torque Induction Motors 6W
Torque Motors [Frame 3][6W]
Š Single‐phase Torque Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

4 wires, UL 3266 Weight: 1.05 kg
AWG 20

Š Circular Shaft Specification Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Torque

Induction Motors
Torque (kgfcm)

Note: For applicable machine types, please refer to the

models. We also provide customized motors.

Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Torque Induction Motors

At max. output power Coupled gear box model
Starting Output
Motor Rated Voltage Frequency Rotational Capacitor
torque power Torque Current Input Oil Ball Intermediate
model time V Hz speed uF
kgfcm W kgfcm A W bearing bearing speed ratio
(rpm)
8.0
5min 110 60 1.40 7 900 0.78 0.59 61
M‐3TK6N‐A (250)
G‐3N ‐L G‐3N ‐L G‐3N10X‐K
M‐3TK6A‐A 8.0
CONT. 60 60 0.45 2.4 900 0.27 0.34 20
(250)

127
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐3N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 7.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐3N3‐K / L~G‐3N18‐K / L 0.44
G‐3N20‐K / L~G‐3N60‐K / L 0.48
G‐3N75‐K / L~G‐3N180‐K / L 0.53
G‐3N10X‐K 0.32

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐3N□- L 2.4 4.0 6.0 6.7 8.2 10 12 13 16 19 23 39 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

128
 Torque Induction Motors 10W
Torque Motors [Frame 4][10W]
Š Single‐phase Torque Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

4 wires, UL 3266 Weight: 1.6 kg
AWG 20

Š Circular Shaft Specification Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Torque

Induction Motors
Torque (kgfcm)

Note: For applicable machine types, please refer to the

models. We also provide customized motors.

Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Torque Induction Motors

At max. output power Coupled gear box model
Starting Output
Motor Rated Voltage Frequency Rotational Capacitor
torque power Torque Current Input Oil Ball Intermediate
model time V Hz speed uF
kgfcm W kgfcm A W bearing bearing speed ratio
(rpm)
8.0
5min 110 60 2.00 9 900 1.00 0.61 64
M‐4TK10N‐A (250)
G‐4N ‐L G‐4N ‐L G‐4N10X‐K
M‐4TK10A‐A 8.0
CONT. 60 60 0.70 2.8 900 0.31 0.32 19
(250)

129
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐4N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 7.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐4N3‐K / L~G‐4N18‐K / L 0.60
G‐4N20‐K / L~G‐4N60‐K / L 0.65
G‐4N75‐K / L~G‐4N180‐K / L 0.71
G‐4N10X‐K 0.41

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐4N□- L 4.0 6.7 10 11 13 16 20 21 26 32 39 65 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

130
 Torque Induction Motors 20W
Torque Motors [Frame 5][20W]
Š Single‐phase Torque Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

4 wires, UL 3266
AWG 20 Weight: 2.45 kg

Š Circular Shaft Specification Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Torque

Induction Motors
Torque (kgfcm)

Note: For applicable machine types, please refer to the

models. We also provide customized motors.

Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Torque Induction Motors

At max. output power Coupled gear box model
Starting Output
Motor Rated Voltage Frequency Rotational Capacitor
torque power Torque Current Input Oil Ball Intermediate
model time V Hz speed uF
kgfcm W kgfcm A W bearing bearing speed ratio
(rpm)
12.0
5min 110 60 3.20 22 900 2.30 1.00 108
M‐5TK20N‐A (250)
G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐L G‐5N10X‐K
M‐5TK20A‐A 12.0
CONT. 60 60 0.90 6 900 0.65 0.50 29
(250)

131
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐5N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 9.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5N3‐K / L~G‐5N18‐K / L 1.02
G‐5N20‐K / L~G‐5N60‐K / L 1.11
G‐5N75‐K / L~G‐5N180‐K / L 1.22
G‐5N10X‐K 0.65

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐5N□- L 6.7 11 16 18 23 28 33 36 45 54 65 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

132
 Torque Induction Motors 40W
Torque Motors [Frame 5][40W]
Š Single‐phase Torque Induction Motor

Lead wire of length: 300mm

4 wires, UL 3266
AWG 20 Weight: 3.2 kg

Š Circular Shaft Specification Š Characteristics of Single‐phase Torque

Induction Motors
Torque (kgfcm)

Note: For applicable machine types, please refer to the

models. We also provide customized motors.

Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Torque Induction Motors

At max. output power Coupled gear box model
Starting Output
Rated Voltage Frequency Rotational Capacitor
Motor model torque power Torque Current Input Oil Ball Intermediate
time V Hz speed uF
kgfcm W kgfcm A W bearing bearing speed ratio
(rpm)
25.0
5min 110 60 5.90 39 900 4.30 1.70 165
M‐5TK40N‐AF (250)
G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐L G‐5N10X‐K
M‐5TK40A‐AF 25.0
CONT. 60 60 1.80 12 900 1.37 1.00 58
(250)

133
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐5N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 9.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5N3‐K / L~G‐5N18‐K / L 1.02
G‐5N20‐K / L~G‐5N60‐K / L 1.11
G‐5N75‐K / L~G‐5N180‐K / L 1.22
G‐5N10X‐K 0.65

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐5N□- L 6.7 11 16 18 23 28 33 36 45 54 65 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

134
 Speed Control Motors 6W
Speed Control Motors [Frame 2][6W]
Š Single‐phase Speed Control Motor

Lead wire with connector of length: 300mm

Weight: 0.77 kg

Š Circular Shaft Specification

Note: For applicable machine types, please

refer to the models. We also provide
customized motors.
Š Characteristics of Speed Control Motors
Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Speed Control Motors

Allowable
Output Variable torque Starting Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Rated kgfcm Capacitor Speed
Motor model Pole power range current torque
V Hz time uF (V) controller
W rpm A kgfcm Oil Ball Intermediate
1200 90
bearing bearing speed ratio
M‐2IK6N‐AV 50 90~1350 0.32 0.25 0.25 0.38
M‐2IK6N‐AVD 3.5 US‐2I6A‐A
4 6 100~120 CONT.
M‐2IK6A‐AV (250) S ‐2I6A‐A
M‐2IK6A‐AVD 60 90~1650 0.32 0.25 0.25 0.38
G‐2N ‐L G‐2N ‐K G‐2N10X‐K
M‐2IK6N‐CV 50 90~1350 0.32 0.25 0.13 0.38
M‐2IK6N‐CVD 3.5 US‐2I6A‐C
4 6 200~240 CONT.
M‐2IK6A‐CV (250) S ‐2I6A‐C
M‐2IK6A‐CVD 60 90~1650 0.32 0.25 0.13 0.38

135
Š Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes
Model Weight (kg)
G‐2N3‐K / L~G‐2N18‐K / L 0.30
G‐2N20‐K / L~G‐2N60‐K / L 0.31
G‐2N75‐K / L~G‐2N180‐K / L 0.33
G‐2N10X‐K 0.20

Š Intermediate Gear Box

Š Characteristics of Speed Control Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Operating speed (rpm) Operating speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐2N□- L 1.0 1.6 2.5 2.7 3.4 4.1 5.0 5.4 6.7 8.1 9.7 16 23 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

136
 Speed Control Motors 15W
Speed Control Motors [Frame 3][15W]
Š Single‐phase Speed Control Motor

Lead wire with connector

of length: 300mm

Weight: 1.07 kg

Š Circular Shaft Specification

Note: For applicable machine types, please

refer to the models. We also provide
customized motors.
Š Characteristics of Speed Control Motors
Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Speed Control Motors

Allowable
Output Variable torque Starting Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Rated kgfcm Capacitor Speed
Motor model Pole power range current torque
V Hz time uF (V) controller
W rpm A kgfcm Oil Ball Intermediate
1200 90
bearing bearing speed ratio
M‐3IK15N‐AV 50 90~1350 0.90 0.29 0.60 0.60
M‐3IK15N‐AVD 6.0 US‐3I15A‐A
4 15 100~120 CONT.
M‐3IK15A‐AV (250) S ‐2I6A‐A
M‐3IK15A‐AVD 60 90~1650 0.90 0.29 0.57 0.57
G‐3N ‐L G‐3N ‐K G‐3N10X‐K
M‐3IK15N‐CV 50 90~1350 0.90 0.29 0.30 0.30
M‐3IK15N‐CVD 1.6 US‐3I15A‐C
4 15 200~240 CONT.
M‐3IK15A‐CV (250) S ‐2I6A‐C
M‐3IK15A‐CVD 60 90~1650 0.90 0.29 0.28 0.28

137
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐3N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 7.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐3N3‐K / L~G‐3N18‐K / L 0.44
G‐3N20‐K / L~G‐3N60‐K / L 0.48
G‐3N75‐K / L~G‐3N180‐K / L 0.53
G‐3N10X‐K 0.32

Š Characteristics of Speed Control Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐3N□- L 2.4 4.0 6.0 6.7 8.2 10 12 13 16 19 23 39 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.
138
 Speed Control Motors 25W
Speed Control Motors [Frame 4][25W]
Š Single‐phase Speed Control Motor

Lead wire with connector

of length: 300mm
Weight: 1.62 kg

Š Circular Shaft Specification

Note: For applicable machine types, please

refer to the models. We also provide
customized motors.
Š Characteristics of Speed Control Motors
Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Speed Control Motors

Allowable
Output Variable torque Starting Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Rated kgfcm Capacitor Speed
Motor model Pole power range current torque
V Hz time uF (V) controller
W rpm A kgfcm Oil Ball Intermediate
1200 90
bearing bearing speed ratio
M‐4IK25N‐AV 50 90~1350 1.40 0.42 1.10 1.30
M‐4IK25N‐AVD 8.0 US‐4I25A‐A
4 25 100~120 CONT.
M‐4IK25A‐AV (250) S ‐2I6A‐A
M‐4IK25A‐AVD 60 90~1650 1.40 0.42 1.10 1.30
G‐4N ‐L G‐4N ‐K G‐4N10X‐K
M‐4IK25N‐CV 50 90~1350 1.40 0.42 0.55 1.30
M‐4IK25N‐CVD 2.5 US‐4I25A‐C
4 25 200~240 CONT.
M‐4IK25A‐CV (250) S ‐2I6A‐C
M‐4IK25A‐CVD 60 90~1650 1.40 0.42 0.55 1.30

139
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐4N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 7.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐4N3‐K / L~G‐4N18‐K / L 0.60
G‐4N20‐K / L~G‐4N60‐K / L 0.65
G‐4N75‐K / L~G‐4N180‐K / L 0.71
G‐4N10X‐K 0.41

Š Characteristics of Speed Control Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐4N□- L 4.0 6.7 10 11 13 16 20 21 26 32 39 65 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

140
 Speed Control Motors 40W
Speed Control Motors [Frame 5][40W]
Š Single‐phase Speed Control Motor

Lead wire with connector

of length: 300mm Weight: 2.47 kg

Š Circular Shaft Specification

Note: For applicable machine types, please

refer to the models. We also provide
customized motors.
Š Characteristics of Speed Control Motors
Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Speed Control Motors

Allowable
Output Variable torque Starting Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Rated kgfcm Capacitor Speed
Motor model Pole power range current torque,
V Hz time uF (V) controller
W rpm A kgfcm Oil Ball Intermediate
1200 90
bearing bearing speed ratio
M‐5IK40N‐AV 50 90~1350 3.00 0.50 1.60 2.30
M‐5IK40N‐AVD 14.0 US‐5I40A‐A
4 40 100~120 CONT.
M‐5IK40A‐AV (250) S ‐2I6A‐A
M‐5IK40A‐AVD 60 90~1650 2.40 0.50 1.60 2.30
G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
M‐5IK40N‐CV 50 90~1350 3.00 0.50 0.80 2.30
M‐5IK40N‐CVD 3.5 US‐5I40A‐C
4 40 200~240 CONT.
M‐5IK40A‐CV (250) S ‐2I6A‐C
M‐5IK40A‐CVD 60 90~1650 2.40 0.50 0.80 2.30

141
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐5N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 9.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5N3‐K / L~G‐5N18‐K / L 1.02
G‐5N20‐K / L~G‐5N60‐K / L 1.11
G‐5N75‐K / L~G‐5N180‐K / L 1.22
G‐5N10X‐K 0.65

Š Characteristics of Speed Control Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐5N□- L 6.7 11 16 18 23 28 33 36 45 54 65 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.
142
 Speed Control Motors 60W
Speed Control Motors [Frame 5][60W]
Š Single‐phase Speed Control Motor

Lead wire with connector

of length: 300mm Weight: 2.62 kg
* The dimensions inside the brackets belong to N‐type gear shafts, which
are coupled to those of the gear box and the intermediate gear box,
K
and should match with G‐5N□‐ L

Š Circular Shaft Specification * When forced cooling fan is used, total length increased by 20mm

Note: For applicable machine types, please refer to

the models. We also provide customized
motors.

Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐5N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 9.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5N3‐K / L~G‐5N18‐K / L 1.02
G‐5N20‐K / L~G‐5N60‐K / L 1.11
G‐5N75‐K / L~G‐5N180‐K / L 1.22
G‐5N10X‐K 0.65

143
 Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

Š Specifications of Motors
Allowable
Output torque Starting Starting Coupled gear box model
Frequency Rated Variable kgfcm Capacitor Speed
Motor model Pole power Voltage V current torque
Hz time range rpm uF (V) controller
W A kgfcm Oil Ball Intermediate
1200 90
bearing bearing speed ratio
N
M‐5IK60 U ‐AFV 50 90~1350 4.30 1.20 2.60 4.00
N 20.0 US‐5I60A‐A
M‐5IK60 U ‐AFVD 4 6 100~120 CONT.
(250) S ‐2I6A‐A
M‐5IK60A‐AFV 60 90~1650 3.60 1.20 2.50 4.00
M‐5IK60A‐AFVD G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
G‐5N ‐L
N G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
M‐5IK60 U ‐CFV 50 90~1350 4.30 1.20 1.30 4.00
N 5.0 US‐5I60A‐C
M‐5IK60 U ‐CFVD 4 6 200~240 CONT.
(450) S ‐2I6A‐C
M‐5IK60A‐CFV 60 90~1650 3.60 1.20 1.20 4.00
M‐5IK60A‐CFVD

144
 Speed Control Motors 60W
Š Characteristics of Speed Control Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Characteristics of Speed Control Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
K
G‐5N□‐ L 6.7 11 16 18 23 28 33 36 45 54 65 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
torque (kgfcm)
Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□‐K 10 16 24 27 32 40 48 54 64 77 93 155 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)
Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

145
 CNC Tooth‐type Inspecting Machine

Education is a progressive discovery of our own ignorance. W. Durant

Education is not to teach youth to make a living, but to make a life. W.A. White

What matters is not the thought itself, but the depth of it. Ezra Pound
The reasonable man adapts himself to the world; the unreasonable one persists in trying to adapt the world to
him. Bernard

146
 Speed Control Motors 90W
Speed Control Motors [Frame 5][90W]
Š Single‐phase Speed Control Motor

Lead wire with connector

of length: 300mm

* The size inside brackets is for general Weight: 3.22kg

fan, non‐standard product
Š Circular Shaft Specification

Note: For applicable machine types, please refer to

the models. We also provide customized
motors.

Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73

147
 Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -KH 30 6 −0.03 6 −0.03 60 14.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U50‐KH~G‐5U60‐KH 1.85
G‐5U75‐KH~G‐5U180‐KH 2.00
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Speed Control Motors

Allowable
Output Variable torque Starting Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Rated kgfcm Capacitor Speed
Motor model Pole power range current torque
V Hz time uF (V) controller
W rpm A kgfcm Oil Ball Intermediate
1200 90
bearing bearing speed ratio
M‐5IK90U‐ARV 90~
50 5.80 2.40 3.00 5.30
M‐5IK90U‐ARVD 1350 28.0 US‐5190A‐A
4 90 100~120 CONT.
M‐5IK90A‐ARV 90~ (250) S ‐2I6A‐A
M‐5IK90A‐ARVD 60 5.30 2.40 3.00 5.30
1650 G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
‐
M‐5IK90U‐CRV 90~ G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
50 5.80 2.40 1.50 5.30
M‐5IK90U‐CRVD 1350 7.0 US‐5190A‐C
4 90 200~240 CONT.
M‐5IK90A‐CRV 90~ (450) S ‐2I6A‐C
M‐5IK90A‐CRVD 60 5.30 2.40 1.50 5.30
1650

148
 Speed Control Motors 90W
Š Characteristics of Speed Control Motors
Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)
Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Characteristics of Speed Control Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□‐K 14 23 35 38 46 58 69 77 92 111 133 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)
Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□‐KH ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 216 300 300 300 300 300 ‐ ‐ 300 300 300 300
torque (kgfcm)
Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

149
 Gear Assembly Line

There is a type of silence called courage; there is a type of modesty called personality; there is a type of
simplicity called profound; and there is a type of disdain called ego.
God gave us flesh and blood, and we turned them into sex and violence.

150
 Speed Control Motors 120W
Speed Control Motors [Frame 5][120W]
Š Single‐phase Speed Control Motor

Lead wire with connector

of length: 300mm

* The size inside brackets is for general Weight: 3.22kg

fan, non‐standard product
Š Circular Shaft Specification

Note: For applicable machine types,

please refer to the models. We also
provide customized motors.

Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73

151
 Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -KH 30 6 −0.03 6 −0.03 60 14.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U50‐KH~G‐5U60‐KH 1.85
G‐5U75‐KH~G‐5U180‐KH 2.00
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Speed Control Motors

Allowable
Output Variable torque Starting Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Rated kgfcm Capacitor Speed
Motor model Pole power range current torque
V Hz time uF (V) controller
W rpm A kgfcm Oil Ball Intermediate
1200 90
bearing bearing speed ratio
M‐5IK120U‐ARV 90~
50 7.70 3.20 4.00 7.00
M‐5IK120U‐ARVD 1350 30.0 US‐51120A‐A
4 120 100~120 CONT.
M‐5IK120A‐ARV 90~ (250) S ‐2I6A‐A
M‐5IK120A‐ARVD 60 7.30 3.20 4.00 7.00
1650 G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
‐
M‐5IK120U‐CRV 90~ G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
50 7.70 3.20 2.00 7.00
M‐5IK120U‐CRVD 1350 8.0 US‐51120A‐C
4 120 200~240 CONT.
M‐5IK120A‐CRV 90~ (450) S ‐2I6A‐C
M‐5IK120A‐CRVD 60 7.30 3.20 2.00 7.00
1650

152
 Speed Control Motors 120W
Š Characteristics of Speed Control Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm)

Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Characteristics of Speed Control Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□‐K 14 23 35 38 46 58 69 77 92 111 133 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)
Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□‐KH ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 216 300 300 300 300 300 ‐ ‐ 300 300 300 300
torque (kgfcm)
Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

153
 Marketing Department

No one has the right to be the only happy person. Flero

Life is a novel, and what matters is not its length, but its quality. Seneca
Genius is nothing but the biggest endurance. Bligh
To despise others is to despise yourself. Whitman

The purpose of life is in action rather than thought. Carlyle

What matters is how to survive, not how to die. Johnson

154
 Speed Control Motors 150W
Speed Control Motors [Frame 5][150W]
Š Single‐phase Speed Control Motor

Lead wire with connector

of length: 300mm
Weight: 3.22kg
* The size inside brackets is for general
fan, non‐standard product

Š Circular Shaft Specification

Note: For applicable machine types,

please refer to the models. We also
provide customized motors.

Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73

155
 Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -KH 30 6 −0.03 6 −0.03 60 14.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U50‐KH~G‐5U60‐KH 1.85
G‐5U75‐KH~G‐5U180‐KH 2.00
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

Š Specifications of Single‐phase Speed Control Motors

Allowable
Output Variable torque Starting Coupled gear box model
Voltage Frequency Rated kgfcm Starting Capacitor Speed
Motor model Pole power range torque
V Hz time current A uF (V) controller
W rpm kgfcm Oil Ball Intermediate
1200 90
bearing bearing speed ratio
M‐5IK150U‐ARV 90~
50 9.50 4.00 5.00 8.50
M‐5IK150U‐ARVD 1350 38.0 US‐51150A‐A
4 150 100~120 CONT.
M‐5IK150A‐ARV 90~ (250) S ‐2I6A‐A
M‐5IK150A‐ARVD 60 9.10 4.00 5.00 8.50
1650 G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
‐
M‐5IK150U‐CRV 90~ G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
50 9.50 4.00 2.50 8.50
M‐5IK150U‐CRVD 1350 9.0 US‐51150A‐C
4 150 200~240 CONT.
M‐5IK150A‐CRV 90~ (450) S ‐2I6A‐C
M‐5IK150A‐CRVD 60 9.10 4.00 2.50 8.50
1650

156
 Speed Control Motors 150W
Š Characteristics of Speed Control Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Characteristics of Speed Control Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□‐K 14 23 35 38 46 58 69 77 92 111 133 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)
Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□‐KH ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 216 300 300 300 300 300 ‐ ‐ 300 300 300 300
torque (kgfcm)
Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

157
 General Motor Electric Wiring Diagrams
Š General Motor Electric Wiring Diagrams
Specification Electric Wiring Diagrams
Clockwise Heat‐retention Type Clockwis
Single‐phase
induction motor Yellow
Single‐phase torque Red (blue)
Red (blue)
induction motor White Motor White Motor
Blue (red) Blue (red)
Black
Black

Capacitor Capacitor
When the rotation direction is changed, When the rotation direction is changed,
display relevant information in brackets. display relevant information in brackets.
Single‐phase Heat‐retention Type

reversible induction Red

Red
motor White (black)
White (black)
Motor Motor
Black (white)
(1W, 3W mono‐phase Black (white)

induction motor)
Capacitor Capacitor
When the rotation direction is changed, When the rotation direction is changed,
display relevant information in brackets. display relevant information in brackets.
Heat‐retention Type
Tri‐phase induction
motor Yellow

Motor Motor Motor

Yellow

When the rotation direction is changed, When the rotation direction is changed, When the rotation direction is changed,
display relevant information in brackets. display relevant information in brackets. display relevant information in brackets.

Electromagnetic brake
For motor electrical chart,
motor (single‐phase/ please refer to the above
connection mode
tri‐phase)
Motor Motor

Yellow Black Red Yellow Note:PU‐23‐1

(110V)
Black Red Yellow PU‐23‐2
Yellow (220V)

40W and above

Electromagnetic (Brake) black

clutch brake motor Black
Blue
Clutch brake
(Clutch) blue

Motor

Speed control motor For the electrical chart of speed control motors, please refer to page 172
Induction motors with Motors with Connection box include the above types.
connection box
Note: Due to their size, machines 1W and 3W of Frame 0 have three output wires.

158
 Dimension Table of Capacitors
Š Dimension Table of Capacitors

Internal connection diagram of capacitors

with 4 terminals
The connection mode inside the capacitor
terminal is as shown.
Connect the lead wire to the terminal by
one‐to‐one.

Unit: mm

Number Standard Specifications

uF (V) Length A Width B Height C Total width D Aperture E Thickness F
2.5(250) 37 14 23 24 4.5 5
3(250) 37 13 24 23 4.5 5
3.5(250) 37 14 24 24 4.5 5
4(250) 37 13 24 23 4.5 5
5(250) 39 17 26 27 4.5 5
6(250) 39 17 26 27 4.5 5
7(250) 39 20 29 30 4.5 5
8(250) 39 20 29 30 4.5 5
10(250) 39 22 32 32 4.5 5
12(250) 50 20 30 31 4.5 5
14(250) 51 22 35 33 4.5 5
16(250) 51 22 35 33 4.5 5
18(250) 59 23 40 33 4.5 5
20(250) 59 23 40 33 4.5 5
25(250) 59 23 40 33 4.5 5
28(250) 58 25 39 35 4.5 5
30(250) 58 25 39 35 4.5 5
36(250) 59 30 40 40 4.5 5
40(250) 59 40 40 50 4.5 5
42(250) 59 40 40 50 4.5 5

159
 Internal connection diagram of capacitors
with 4 terminals
The connection mode inside the capacitor
terminal is as shown.
Connect the lead wire to the terminal by
one‐to‐one.

Unit: mm
Number Standard Specifications
uF (V) Length A Width B Height C Total width D Aperture E Thickness F
0.6(450) 37 13 24 23 4.5 5
0.8(450) 37 13 24 23 4.5 5
1(450) 37 13 24 23 4.5 5
1.2(450) 39 15 25 25 4.5 5
1.5(450) 39 17 26 27 4.5 5
1.6(450) 39 17 26 27 4.5 5
2(450) 39 19 29 30 4.5 5
2.3(450) 39 20 29 30 4.5 5
2.5(450) 39 20 29 30 4.5 5
3(450) 39 20 29 30 4.5 5
3.5(450) 50 20 30 31 4.5 5
4(450) 51 22 32 33 4.5 5
5(450) 51 22 32 33 4.5 5
6(450) 51 22 35 33 4.5 5
7(450) 59 30 40 41 4.5 5
8(450) 59 30 40 41 4.5 5
9(450) 58 25 39 35 4.5 5
10(450) 59 30 40 40 4.5 5
12(450) 59 40 40 50 4.5 5

160
 Inverter

Product Features
y Performance
1) Low rotational speed, high torsion
2) CNC speed control
3) CNC torque control
4) Controllable via PC‐connection
5) Compatible with single‐phase power input

y Functions
1) Touch panel: Replaces the traditional mechanical
buttons and enables shuttle adjustment.
2) Digital speed control: Direct RPM setting according
to the required motor speed. (The speed of
traditional converters can only be controlled via
frequency.)
3) Adjustable torque: Torque can be adjusted according
to the actual torsion required; VR control is available
via external connection.
4) Adjustable brake stop‐time: Motor stop time can be
modified via the drive (e.g. emergency stop, buffer
stop, and brake stop times).
5) Multi‐phase speed settings: Built‐in 8‐contact speed
control.

161
 Specifications of Inverter

Vector inverter Can be kept to 250W

Note: can only be used with tri‐phase inverter

motors of 200V‐230V

Specifications of Inverter Motor Models

Machine Frame No. Output power Shaft Voltage Accessory

Type Fan
(W)

4: Frame 4
5: Frame 5
Inverter 6: Frame 6
Motor
Forced cooling fan

T: Terminal box
W: Worm reducer
N: General helical gear P: Temperature switch
U: Strengthened helical gear
A: Circular shaft

162
 Inverter
Dimensions of Inverter (HMD‐250C)

Wiring Diagram of Inverter

For detailed enlarged

drawing, please refer
to page 249.

Characteristics of Inverter Motors

Frame No. 4 5 5 5 5 5 6
Rated output, W 25 40 60 90 120 150 200
Starting torque, Kgfcm 2.30 3.70 5.6 8.4 11.0 14.0 18.0
Starting current A (single‐phase) 0.10 0.18 0.26 0.40 0.55 0.65 0.88
Starting current A (tri‐phase) 0.07 0.12 0.15 0.22 0.30 0.35 0.50
Maximum instant torque, kgfcm 5.80 9.00 14.0 21.0 28.0 35.0 45.0
Maximum instant current A (single‐phase) 0.80 1.20 1.80 2.70 3.60 4.50 5.80
Maximum instant current A (tri‐phase) 0.35 0.50 0.85 1.25 1.68 2.10 2.80
Protection mode Full cut‐off, enforced cooling IP22
Applicable humidity 20‐90% RH (no condensation)
Class of insulation B 130℃
Heat protection Thermal protector (optional)
Speed range, rpm 0‐3600
Cooling method Forced cooling fan
Weight, kg 1.8 2.9 2.9 3.5 3.5 3.5 5.3

163
 Dimensions of Inverter Motors
Š Inverter Motor Frame 4, 25W

Lead wire with connector of Lead wire of length: 300mm Lead wire with connector of Lead wire of length: 300mm
length: 300mm length: 300mm

Š Inverter Motor Frame 5, 25W

Lead wire with connector of Lead wire of length: 300mm Lead wire with connector of Lead wire of length: 300mm
length: 300mm length: 300mm

Š Inverter Motor Frame 5, 60W

Lead wire of length: 300mm Lead wire of length: 300mm

Lead wire with connector of Lead wire with connector of
length: 300mm length: 300mm

164
 Inverter
Š Inverter Motor Frame 5, 90W~150W

Lead wire with connector of Lead wire of length: 300mm Lead wire with connector of Lead wire of length: 300mm
length: 300mm length: 300mm

Š Inverter Motor Frame 6, 200W

Lead wire with connector of Lead wire with connector of

length: 300mm length: 300mm

List of Inverter Motors/Gear Boxes with Inverter (HMD‐250C)

Gear Box
Output
Outer Frame Size Phase Voltage Intermediate
power Oil bearing Ball bearing
speed ratio
Frame 4, 80mm Tri‐phase 200V~230V 25W G‐4N ‐L G‐4N ‐K G‐4N10X‐K
Frame 5, 90mm Tri‐phase 200V~230V 40W G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
G‐5N ‐K
G‐5N10X‐K
Frame 5, 90mm Tri‐phase 200V~230V 60W G‐5N ‐L G‐5U ‐K
G‐5U10X‐K
G‐5U ‐KF
G‐5U ‐K
G‐5U10X‐K
Frame 5, 90mm Tri‐phase 200V~230V 90W G‐5U ‐KF
G‐5U10X‐K
G‐5U ‐KH
G‐5U ‐K
G‐5U10X‐K
Frame 5, 90mm Tri‐phase 200V~230V 120W G‐5U ‐KF
G‐5U10X‐K
G‐5U ‐KH
G‐5U ‐K
G‐5U10X‐K
Frame 5, 90mm Tri‐phase 200V~230V 150W G‐5U ‐KF
G‐5U10X‐K
G‐5U ‐KH
Frame 6, 104mm Tri‐phase 200V~230V 200W G‐6U ‐KH

165
Specifications of Vector Inverter
Item Specifications
Single‐phase power source: 200V‐230V 50/60Hz
Input voltage
Tri‐phase power source: 200V‐230V 50/60Hz
Power source
Allowable voltage fluctuation ±5%
Allowable frequency fluctuation ±5%
Maximum output frequency 400Hz (based on motor characteristics)
Output
Rated output current 5.0 (Amp) maximum
Displayer Operation panel User‐friendly design with colored backlight controller
a. Closed loop magnetic feedback detector
Control modes b. Closed loop U, V, W phase change signal
c. Open loop sensorless
Frequency range 0.01‐400Hz
Control
Frequency accuracy (temperature Within ±0.025% of the maximum output frequency
features
fluctuation) (25℃±10℃)
Digital input: 0.01Hz
Frequency setting resolution Simulated input: 1/4000 of the maximum output
frequency (12bit)
Coupled with electromagnetic angle feedback detector
Starting torque
200% Hold Torque
Speed control range Coupled with magnetic angle feedback detector 1:3000
Speed control accuracy 0.1% (no PG vector control)
Coupled with magnetic angle feedback detector
Torque limit
(parameter setting)
0.00‐6000.0 sec (acceleration and deceleration are set
Acceleration/deceleration time
Control separately)
features Brake loop Including brake crystal (optional brake resistance)
Instant restarting after power‐cut, speed search,
over‐torque detection, torque restriction, 17‐speed
operation, acceleration/deceleration setting (4‐speed
switch), individual setting for S‐curve 4 turning points,
Main control functions
2/3 wire sequence control, auto tuning, Stall/Dwell
function selection, two sets of RS‐485 (MOD‐BUS
communication format), failure retry function selection,
AVR, PID control
Instant over‐current protection 200% of the rated output current, 1 sec
150% of the rated output current, 60 sec, including
Overload protection
electronic thermal resistance
Protection
Can be adjusted according to customer requirements
functions Over‐voltage protection
(parameter adjustment)
Can be adjusted according to customer requirements
Under‐voltage protection
(parameter adjustment)

166
 Variable Speed Controller

Product Feature
y Performance
1) High stability of motor speed control
2) Electronic brake system with stepless variable speed
3) Diverse choices according to different transmission
characteristics

y Structure
AC induction motor is suitable for a variety of
transmission speeds requires combined and split type
Combined Type: unilateral speed control
Split Type: can be used for speed, time and other
aspects of the control application.

167
 Variable Speed Controller
Combined Speed Controller Models

Machine type Frame No. Class Output Type Voltage Type

power

US: Speed controller

2: Frame 2, 60mm square

3: Frame 3, 70mm square
4: Frame 2, 80mm square
5: Frame 3, 90mm square
L: Digital control display
I: AC induction motor
Note: 1. Capacitors of 90W or above, and with digital control display, are external‐connection type.
2. Settings and adjustments are required for 50Hz and 60Hz types, so specifications are needed.

Split‐type Speed Controller Model

Machine type Frame No. Output Voltage Additional

Class Type
power function

2: Frame 2
│
Frame 5
SS: Standard speed controller
SD: Disk speed controller
SB: Electronic brake controller
SH: Contactless speed controller
SE: Semi‐contactless speed controller
A: 8P B: Electronic brake
SC: Electronic brake speed controller I: AC induction motor
B: 11P D: Slow start
C: Without foot H: Contactless type
stand

168
 Combined Speed Controller
Specifications of
extension wires
Extension wire specifications
984‐2205006‐X6 0.5M
984‐2210006‐X6 1M
984‐2220006‐X6 2M
984‐2230006‐X6 3M

Lead wire of length: 1m

Lead wire of length: 1m

When the product malfunctions, please follow the troubleshooting steps

below to eliminate the errors:
Error Code Failure Cause Solution
Motors all operate at Abnormal wiring in the Check whether the wire connecting the
1 full speed, which cannot speed feedback of the speed generator and the speed controller
be adjusted motor speed generator has fallen off.
Check whether the wire connecting the
2 Motors do not start Abnormal wiring motor and the speed controller has fallen
off or has poor contact.
1. Check whether something got stuck
Motor is overloaded or inside.
3 Overload
stuck 2. Check whether the capacity of the
motor is too small.

169
Split‐type Speed Controller
SS‐type Specifications Speed‐adjusting Variable
Resistance Specifications

8P Foot 11P Foot

Stand Stand

SD‐type Specifications

Controller Foot Stand

Specifications, 8P

2‐Ø4.5
hole

SC‐type Specifications

Controller Foot Stand

Specifications, 11P

11‐M3.5×7
screw
2‐Ø4.5
hole
< 18

< 18

< 33.5

170
 Split‐type Speed Controller
SB‐type Specifications SB‐H‐type Specifications

SH‐type Specifications

˙A indicated a fixed orifice

When the product malfunctions, please following the troubleshooting steps

below to eliminate the errors:
Error
Failure Cause Solution
Code
Motors all operate at Abnormal wiring in the
Check whether the wire connecting the speed
1 full speed, which speed feedback of the
generator and the speed controller has fallen off.
cannot be adjusted motor speed generator
Check whether the wire connecting the motor and
2 Motors do not start Abnormal wiring the speed controller has fallen off or has poor
contact.
1. Check if the wiring colors match that in the
Electric capacity does not
wiring diagram.
3 Motor is overheating match or has connection
2. Install the correct electric capacity according
error
to the motor specification label.
3. Check whether something got stuck inside.
Motor is overloaded or
4 Overload 4. Check whether the capacity of the motor is too
stuck
small.
Note: This table is applicable for eliminating the errors of split‐type speed controller.

171
 Split‐type Speed Controller Wiring Diagram

>01A
Clockwise input
For detailed enlarged Counterclockwise input
drawing, please refer Internal/external speed
to Page 249. Brake lifting
Rotational speed meter
Brake dissolve

Alarm output
CCW operate

CW operate
inputting

inputting
inputting

Ground connection

Notes:
1. Confirm whether the controller conforms to the output specifications of 5. For speed‐adjusting motors with electronic brake, clock/counterclockwise
motors before wiring. rotation is disabled within 0.5 second after using the electronic brake to
2. The outgoing line of the overheating protection switch and the motor stop the motor.
control circuit should be connected in series. 6. The capacity of the switch contact should be above AC 125V 5A or AC
3. To install forced cooling fan into speed adjusting motors, the former 250V 5A.
should be connected to the input power supply.
7. The electronic brake is used for operation within 0.5 seconds and stops
4. To install safety brake into speed adjusting motors, the input side of the within 0.5 seconds. The temperature of the motors will rise, so please use
power supplier of the former should be connected to the starting power them under operating temperature below 90℃.
source of the latter. Thus, the former can come off when motors are
started.

172
 DC Permanent Magnet Motor

Product Feature
y Outstanding Performance
1) Excellent start‐up performance
2) Simple structure
3) High efficiency
4) Good heat dissipation
5) High transmission power

y Product Applications
The motor is mainly used on small‐scale transmission
machinery, such as: various machine tools,
transportation machinery, packaging machinery, food
machinery, textile machinery, printing machinery,
electronic devices, sports equipment, etc.

173
 PMG DC Motors Models

Machine type Frame No. Class Type Output Shaft Voltage Operating Accessory
power speed

Motor

K‐type

2: Frame 2, 60 mm square
3: Frame 3, 70 mm square
4: Frame 4, 80 mm square A: Circular shaft
5: Frame 5, 90 mm square N: General helical gear shaft
U: Powerful helical gear shaft
K: Spur gear shaft

D: PMG carbon brush DC motor

B: Electromagnetic brake
S: Safety brake
C: Electromagnetic clutch
brake group
W: Worm reducer
Note: The accessories are
arranged in top‐down
sequential order.

PMG DC Motor Label

Trademark

Product model

Rated specification

Ex‐factory serial number

174
 PMG DC Motor, Frame 2
Dimension Drawing of PMG DC Motors

Lead wire of length: 300mm

Weight: 0.8 kg
Specifications of Circular Shaft PMG DC Motor, Frame 2
Wiring Diagram

Clockwise

Red
(black)
Lead wire of length:
300mm Weight: 0.8 kg Black
(red)

* When the rotation direction changes, use the wiring color indicated
in the brackets.

Š 6W, Specifications of PMG DC Motors

Output No‐load No‐load Starting Rating Coupled gear box model
Voltage Rated
Motor model power revolution current torque Current Revolution Torque, Oil Ball Intermediate
V time
W rpm A kgfcm A rpm kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
M‐2DK6N‐E18
6 12 CONT. 1980 0.38 3.7 0.95 1790 0.34
M‐2DK6A‐E18
M‐2DK6N‐F18
6 24 CONT. 2030 0.23 4.1 0.49 1890 0.31
M‐2DK6A‐F18
G‐2N ‐L G‐2N ‐K G‐2N10X‐K
M‐2DK6N‐G18
6 90 CONT. 2020 0.08 4.3 0.15 1860 0.32
M‐2DK6A‐G18
M‐2DK6N‐H18
6 180 CONT. 2050 0.04 4.2 0.08 1830 0.33
M‐2DK6A‐H18

175
Š Gear Box

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐2N3‐K / L~G‐2N18‐K / L 0.30
G‐2N20‐K / L~G‐2N60‐K / L 0.31
G‐2N75‐K / L~G‐2N180‐K / L 0.33
G‐2N10X‐K 0.20

Š 15W, Specifications of PMG DC Motors

Output No‐load No‐load Starting Rating Coupled gear box model
Voltage Rated
Motor model power revolution current torque Current Revolution Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V time
W rpm A kgfcm A rpm kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
M‐2DK15N‐E32
6 12 30 min 3110 0.77 4.2 2.39 2570 0.58
M‐2DK15A‐E32
M‐2DK15N‐F32
6 24 30 min 3110 0.36 6.0 1.10 2780 0.55
M‐2DK15A‐F32
G‐2N ‐L G‐2N ‐K G‐2N10X‐K
M‐2DK15N‐G32
6 90 30 min 3220 0.12 6.3 0.30 2950 0.50
M‐2DK15A‐G32
M‐2DK15N‐H32
6 180 30 min 3190 0.06 6.4 0.15 2820 0.52
M‐2DK15A‐H32

176
 PMG DC Motor, Frame 2
6W, Characteristics of PMG DC Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

15W, Characteristics of PMG DC Motors Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐2N□- L 1.0 1.6 2.5 2.7 3.4 4.1 5.0 5.4 6.7 8.1 9.7 16 23 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

177
Factory Environment

Curtain Wall of the Factory

Finished Product Marketing Department

Warehouse

You can tell whether a man is clever or not by his answers; you can tell whether a man is wise
or not by his questions. Naguib Mahfouz

178
 PMG DC Motor, Frame 3
Dimension Drawing of PMG DC Motors

Lead wire of length:

300mm Weight:1.1 kg

Specifications of Circular Shaft PMG DC Motor, Frame 3

Wiring Diagram

Clockwise

Black
(white)

Lead wire of length: White

300mm Weight: 1.1 kg (black )
* When the rotation direction changes, use the wiring color indicated
in the brackets.

Š 15W, Specifications of PMG DC Motors

Output No‐load No‐load Starting Rating Coupled gear box model
Voltage Rated
Motor model power revolution current torque Current Revolution Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V time
W rpm A kgfcm A rpm kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
M‐3DK15N‐E18
15 12 CONT. 2080 0.65 5.5 1.91 1850 0.82
M‐3DK15A‐E18
M‐3DK15N‐F18
15 24 CONT. 1870 0.30 6.5 1.00 1600 0.93
M‐3DK15A‐F18
G‐3N ‐L G‐3N ‐K G‐3N10X‐K
M‐3DK15N‐G18
15 90 CONT. 2180 0.08 7.3 0.23 1980 0.74
M‐3DK15A‐G18
M‐3DK15N‐H18
15 180 CONT. 2064 0.04 7.3 0.12 1860 0.79
M‐3DK15A‐H18

179
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐3N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 7.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐3N3‐K / L~G‐3N18‐K / L 0.44
G‐3N20‐K / L~G‐3N60‐K / L 0.48
G‐3N75‐K / L~G‐3N180‐K / L 0.53
G‐3N10X‐K 0.32

Š 25W, Specifications of PMG DC Motors

Output No‐load No‐load Starting Rating Coupled gear box model
Voltage Rated
Motor model power revolution current torque Current Revolution Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V time
W rpm A kgfcm A rpm kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
M‐3DK25N‐E32
25 12 30 min 3370 1.10 8.0 3.37 3020 0.82
M‐3DK25A‐E32
M‐3DK25N‐F32
25 24 30 min 3340 0.50 11.1 1.56 3110 0.86
M‐3DK25A‐F32
G‐3N ‐L G‐3N ‐K G‐3N10X‐K
M‐3DK25N‐G32
25 90 30 min 3250 0.10 12.7 0.38 3040 0.84
M‐3DK25A‐G32
M‐3DK25N‐H32
25 180 30 min 3208 0.05 12.4 0.19 3020 0.86
M‐3DK25A‐H32

180
 PMG DC Motor, Frame 3
15W, Characteristics of PMG DC Motors
Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)
Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

25W, Characteristics of PMG DC Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐3N□- L 2.4 4.0 6.0 6.7 8.2 10 12 13 16 19 23 39 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

181
 Production Line

The pessimistic may still exist, but cease to live, while the optimistic never age. Byron
Pleasant personality is the soul of success. Mathis
The reason why the sea can hold so much water is because it has the lowest base ‐ keep a low profile.
Three principles for work: change what can be changed with courage, accept what cannot be changed
with heart, and know the difference with wisdom. Li Kai‐fu

182
 PMG DC Motor, Frame 4
Dimension Drawing of PMG DC Motors

Lead wire of length:

300mm
Weight:1.25 kg

Specifications of Circular Shaft PMG DC Motor, Frame 4

Wiring Diagram

Clockwise

Black
(white)
Lead wire of length:
300mm Weight: 1.25 kg White
(black )
* When the rotation direction changes, use the wiring color indicated
in the brackets.

Š 25W, Specifications of PMG DC Motors

Output No‐load No‐load Starting Rating Coupled gear box model
Voltage Rated
Motor model power revolution current torque Current Revolution Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V time
W rpm A kgfcm A rpm kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
M‐4DK25N‐E18
25 12 CONT. 1970 0.61 8.6 3.36 1570 1.60
M‐4DK25A‐E18
M‐4DK25N‐F18
25 24 CONT. 1950 0.40 9.7 1.84 1630 1.50
M‐4DK25A‐F18
G‐4N ‐L G‐4N ‐K G‐4N10X‐K
M‐4DK25N‐G18
25 90 CONT. 1900 0.08 10.3 0.43 1624 1.54
M‐4DK25A‐G18
M‐4DK25N‐H18
25 180 CONT. 1980 0.04 10.3 0.21 1840 1.55
M‐4DK25A‐H18

183
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐4N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 7.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐4N3‐K / L~G‐4N18‐K / L 0.60
G‐4N20‐K / L~G‐4N60‐K / L 0.65
G‐4N75‐K / L~G‐4N180‐K / L 0.71
G‐4N10X‐K 0.41

40W, Specifications of PMG DC Motors

Output No‐load Starting Rating Coupled gear box model
Voltage Rated No‐load
Motor model power revolution torque Current Revolution Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V time current A
W rpm kgfcm A rpm kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
M‐4DK40N‐E32
40 12 30min 3370 1.20 10.7 5.10 2870 1.40
M‐4DK40A‐E32
M‐4DK40N‐F32
40 24 30min 3310 0.60 10.9 2.15 2830 1.38
M‐4DK40A‐F32
G‐4N ‐L G‐4N ‐K G‐4N10X‐K
M‐4DK40N‐G32
40 90 30min 3200 0.12 14.5 0.56 2940 1.36
M‐4DK40A‐G32
M‐4DK40N‐H32
40 180 30min 3210 0.06 14.5 0.28 2840 1.38
M‐4DK40A‐H32

184
 PMG DC Motor, Frame 4
25W, Characteristics of PMG DC Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

40W, Characteristics of PMG DC Motors

Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm)

Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐4N□- L 4.0 6.7 10 11 13 16 20 21 26 32 39 65 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

185
 Production Line

Gentlemen make friends with those like‐minded, while villains make friends with those who have the
same interests. Ouyang Xiu
Success can attract friends, while failure can test friends. Encinas

186
 PMG DC Motor, Frame 5
Dimension Drawing of PMG DC Motors

Lead wire of length:

300mm
Weight:1.7 kg

Specifications of Circular Shaft PMG DC Motor, Frame 5

Wiring Diagram

Clockwise

Black
(white)
Lead wire of length:
300mm Weight: 1.7 kg White
(black )
* When the rotation direction changes, use the wiring color indicated
in the brackets.

30W, Specifications of PMG DC Motors

Output No‐load No‐load Starting Rating Coupled gear box model
Voltage Rated
Motor model power revolution current torque Current Revolution Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V time
W rpm A kgfcm A rpm kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
M‐5DK30N‐E18
30 12 CONT. 2070 0.93 12.3 3.60 1790 1.64
M‐5DK30A‐E18
M‐5DK30N‐F18
30 24 CONT. 1930 0.35 13.2 1.70 1680 1.78
M‐5DK30A‐F18
G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
M‐5DK30N‐G18
30 90 CONT. 2020 0.08 13.6 0.45 1790 1.66
M‐5DK30A‐G18
M‐5DK30N‐H18
30 180 CONT. 2030 0.04 13.8 0.23 1720 1.71
M‐5DK30A‐H18

187
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐5N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 9.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5N3‐K / L~G‐5N18‐K / L 1.02
G‐5N20‐K / L~G‐5N60‐K / L 1.11
G‐5N75‐K / L~G‐5N180‐K / L 1.22
G‐5N10X‐K 0.65

40W, Specifications of PMG DC Motors

Output No‐load No‐load Starting Rating Coupled gear box model
Voltage Rated
Motor model power revolution current torque Current Revolution Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V time
W rpm A kgfcm A rpm kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
M‐5DK50N‐E32
50 12 30min 3240 2.00 14.7 7.37 2870 2.00
M‐5DK50A‐E32
M‐5DK50N‐F32
50 24 30min 3270 0.75 15.4 3.40 2830 1.87
M‐5DK50A‐F32
G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
M‐5DK50N‐G32
50 90 30min 3190 0.16 16.7 0.90 2900 1.83
M‐5DK50A‐G32
M‐5DK50N‐H32
50 180 30min 3200 0.08 16.7 0.45 2920 1.85
M‐5DK50A‐H32

188
 PMG DC Motor, Frame 5
30W, Characteristics of PMG DC Motors

Torque (kgfcm)
Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm)

Rotational speed (rpm)

50W, Characteristics of PMG DC Motors
Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes
Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐5N□- L 6.7 11 16 18 23 28 33 36 45 54 65 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

189
Production Line

190
 PMG DC Motor, Frame 5
Dimension Drawing of PMG DC Motors

Lead wire of length: 300mm

* The dimensions inside the brackets belong to N‐type gear shafts, which are
coupled to those of the gear box and the intermediate gear box, and should
K
match with G‐5N□‐ L
Weight: 2.2 kg

Specifications of Circular Shaft PMG DC Motor, Frame 5 Wiring

Diagram

Clockwise

Black
(white)
Lead wire of length:
300mm Weight: 2.2 kg White
(black )
* When the rotation direction changes, use the wiring color indicated in the
brackets.

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5N3‐K / L~G‐5N18‐K / L 1.02
G‐5N20‐K / L~G‐5N60‐K / L 1.11
G‐5N75‐K / L~G‐5N180‐K / L 1.22
G‐5N10X‐K 0.65

191
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
K 0 0 +0.06 0
G‐5N - L 25 4 −0.03 4 −0.03 4 + 0.01 9.5 −0.15

Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

192
 PMG DC Motor, Frame 5
60W, Specifications of PMG DC Motors
Output No‐load No‐load Starting Rating Coupled gear box model
Voltage Rated
Motor model power revolution current torque Current Revolution Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V time
W rpm A kgfcm A rpm kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
N
M‐5DK60 U ‐E18 60 12 CONT. 2020 1.18 18.8 6.90 1650 3.60
M‐5DK60A‐E18
N
M‐5DK60 U ‐F18 60 24 CONT. 2060 0.65 25.7 3.50 1800 3.42
M‐5DK60A‐F18 G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
N ‐ G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
M‐5DK60 U ‐G18 60 90 CONT. 2030 0.11 29.6 0.87 1780 3.29
M‐5DK60A‐G18
N
M‐5DK60 U ‐H18 60 180 CONT. 2050 0.05 29.8 0.51 1760 3.41
M‐5DK60A‐H18

60W, Characteristics of PMG DC Motors Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
K Max. allowable
G‐5N□‐ L 6.7 11 16 18 23 28 33 36 45 54 65 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

193
 100W, Specifications of PMG DC Motors
Output No‐load No‐load Starting Rating Coupled gear box model
Voltage Rated
Motor model power revolution current torque Current Revolution Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V time
W rpm A kgfcm A rpm kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
N
M‐5DK100 U ‐E32 100 12 30min 3030 1.90 21.7 10.10 2540 3.87
M‐5DK100A‐E32
N
M‐5DK100 U ‐F32 100 24 30min 3130 0.75 33.5 33.5 2830 3.62
M‐5DK100A‐F32 G‐5N ‐L G‐5N ‐K G‐5N10X‐K
N ‐ G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
M‐5DK100 U ‐G32 100 90 30min 3200 0.18 41.9 41.9 2930 3.34
M‐5DK100A‐G32
N
M‐5DK100 U ‐H32 100 180 30min 3220 0.09 42.3 42.3 2870 3.42
M‐5DK100A‐H32

100W, Characteristics of PMG DC Motors Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-K 10 16 24 27 32 40 48 54 64 77 93 155 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

194
 PMG DC Motor, Frame 5
Dimension Drawing of PMG DC Motors

Lead wire of length:

300mm Weight: 3.2 kg

Specifications of Circular Shaft PMG DC Motor, Frame 5 Wiring

Diagram

Clockwise

Black
(white)
Lead wire of length:
300mm Weight: 3.2 kg
White
(black )

* When the rotation direction changes, use the wiring color indicated in the
brackets.

Š Gear Box with Foot Stand Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U3‐K~G‐5U9‐K 1.23
G‐5U10‐K~G‐5U18‐K 1.31
G‐5U20‐K~G‐5U60‐K 1.41
G‐5U75‐K~G‐5U180‐K 1.46
G‐5U3‐KF~G‐5U9‐KF 1.44
G‐5U10‐KF~G‐5U18‐KF 1.55
G‐5U20‐KF~G‐5U60‐KF 1.67
G‐5U75‐KF~G‐5U180‐KF 1.73

195
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -K 25 5 −0.03 5 −0.03 50 12 −0.15

Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -KH 30 6 −0.03 6 −0.03 60 14.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U50‐KH~G‐5U60‐KH 1.85
G‐5U75‐KH~G‐5U180‐KH 2.00
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

196
 PMG DC Motor, Frame 5
100W, Specifications of PMG DC Motors
Output No‐load No‐load Starting Rating Coupled gear box model
Voltage Rated
Motor model power revolution current torque Current Revolution Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V time
W rpm A kgfcm A rpm kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
M‐5DK100U‐E18
100 12 CONT. 1850 1.20 33.3 12.70 1740 7.36
M‐5DK100A‐E18
M‐5DK100U‐F18
100 24 CONT. 1930 1.01 47.4 5.64 1710 5.88
M‐5DK100A‐F18 G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
‐
M‐5DK100U‐G18 G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
100 90 CONT. 2150 0.24 58.1 4.43 1940 5.08
M‐5DK100A‐G18
M‐5DK100U‐H18
100 180 CONT. 1940 0.10 62.3 0.70 1760 5.68
M‐5DK100A‐H18

100W, Characteristics of PMG DC Motors Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□‐K 14 23 35 38 46 58 69 77 92 111 133 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

197
 150W, Specifications of PMG DC Motors
Output No‐load No‐load Starting Rating Coupled gear box model
Voltage Rated
Motor model power revolution current torque Current Revolution Torque Oil Intermediate
V time Ball bearing
W rpm A kgfcm A rpm kgfcm bearing speed ratio
M‐5DK150U‐E32
150 12 CONT. 3790 2.40 35.7 17.45 2850 3.84
M‐5DK150A‐E32
M‐5DK150U‐F32
150 24 CONT. 3680 1.85 67.9 8.00 3450 4.26
M‐5DK150A‐F32 G‐5U ‐K G‐5U10X‐K
‐
M‐5DK150U‐G32 G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
150 90 CONT. 3200 0.18 71.2 2.20 2820 5.20
M‐5DK150A‐G32
M‐5DK150U‐H32
150 180 CONT. 3190 0.09 71.0 1.10 2850 5.30
M‐5DK150A‐H32

150W, Characteristics of PMG DC Motors Torque (kgfcm)

Torque (kgfcm)

Rotational speed (rpm) Rotational speed (rpm)

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-KH ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 216 300 300 300 300 300 ‐ ‐ 300 300 300 300
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the1 deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

198
 BLDC Motors

199
 BLDC Motor Models

Machine type Frame No. Class Type Output

Shaft Voltage Accessory
power

K‐type
Motor

A: Circular shaft
5: Frame 5, 90 mm square U: Strengthened helical gear shaft

L: BLDC motor C: Electromagnetic clutch

brake group
W: Worm gear reducer

BLDC Motor Label

Trademark

Product model

Rated specification

Ex‐factory serial number

200
 BLDC Motor, 75W
75W, Dimension Drawing of BLDC Motors

300mm

250mm

Weight: 1.4 kg

Specifications of 75W Motors

Output Rated output Max Starting Coupled bearing
Voltage Rated
Type Model power Current Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
V time
W A kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
BLDC
M‐5LK75U‐F 75 DC24V CONT. 6 3.7 9 4.6 ‐ G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
Motor

Characteristics of 75W‐BLDC Motors

Starting torque

Short‐time operation field Rated torque

Torque (kgfcm)

Continuous
operation field

Rotational speed (r / min)

201
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -KH 30 6 −0.03 6 −0.03 60 14.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U50‐KH~G‐5U60‐KH 1.85
G‐5U75‐KH~G‐5U180‐KH 2.00
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-KH ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 216 300 300 300 300 300 ‐ ‐ 300 300 300 300
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the1 deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

202
 BLDC Motor, 120W
120W, Dimension Drawing of BLDC Motors

300mm

250mm

Weight: 1.7 kg

Specifications of 120W Motors

Rated output Max Starting Coupled bearing
Output Voltage Rated
Type Model Current Torque Current Torque Oil Ball Intermediate
power W V time
A kgfcm A kgfcm bearing bearing speed ratio
BLDC
M‐5LK120U‐F 120 DC24V CONT. 9 5.8 14 7.2 ‐ G‐5U ‐KH G‐5U10X‐K
Motor

Characteristics of 120W‐BLDC Motors

Starting torque

Short‐time operation field Rated torque

Torque (kgfcm)

Continuous
operation field

Rotational speed (r / min)

203
Š Gear Box Š Gear Box: Key and Keyway Dimension

Model A B C D E
0 0 +0.05 0
G‐5U -KH 30 6 −0.03 6 −0.03 60 14.5 −0.15

Š Intermediate Gear Box Š Weight List of Gear Boxes

Model Weight (kg)
G‐5U50‐KH~G‐5U60‐KH 1.85
G‐5U75‐KH~G‐5U180‐KH 2.00
G‐5U10X‐K 0.64

Š Maximum Allowable Torque of Gear Boxes

Coupled intermediate gear box
Speed (rpm) 500 300 200 180 150 120 100 90 75 60 50 30 20 15 10 9 7.5 6 5 3 2 1.5 1
Model 50Hz 3 5 7.5 ‐ 10 12.5 15 ‐ 20 25 30 50 75 100 150 ‐ 200 250 300 500 750 1000 1500
Gear ratio
60Hz 3.6 6 9 10 ‐ 15 18 20 ‐ 30 36 60 90 120 180 200 ‐ 300 360 600 900 1200 1800
Max. allowable
G‐5U□-KH ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ 216 300 300 300 300 300 ‐ ‐ 300 300 300 300
torque (kgfcm)

Note: In the above table, the1 deep‐color fields indicate that the output shaft of the gear box and the motor shaft are in the same direction; the
light‐color fields indicate that they are in opposite directions.

204
 BLDC Motors
Dimension Drawing of the Driver

Specifications of the Driver

Name/Model BLDC Motor Driver
Applicable current DC12V / DC 24V (set via the internal jumper)
Output current 10A (continuous), 20A (instant)
Applicable motor power <300W
Speed control range 40:1
Motor instant clock/counterclockwise rotation, internal/external speed
Operating functions selection, slow acceleration/deceleration, brake/emergency stop
selection
Internal rotational speed control
Rotational speed setting
External rotational speed control (VR or 0~5V speed adjustment)
Clock/counterclockwise rotation, operating/stop, full speed, pulse
Output/input signal
output, speed adjustment by voltage
Environmental temperature /
0‐+60℃ / 85%RH
humidity
Dimension/weight 72 (L) × 108 (W) × 31 (H) + 0.5mm / 230g

205
 Wiring Diagram of the Driver

Speed Adjusting Knobs (parameter settings, 5 JP2 Contact (terminals controlling signals, 8 Pin)
items) Pin‐out Name Description Color
Label Name Description 12 pulse signals are sent when the motor
Adjusting knob for setting the internal speed 1 PLS rotates once Yellow
SPD Internal speed (clockwise: higher speed; counterclockwise: Specification: 5V, 100uS (Fixture)
lower speed) Positive adjustment input signals during
2 ADJ Green
Defines the upper limit of the adjustable speed adjustment by voltage (0‐5V)
Maximum rotational speed Controls the instant stoppage of the motor;
MAX
speed (clockwise: higher speed; counterclockwise: the motor will stop suddenly when this
lower speed)
3 BRK terminal short circuit with COM. For an Gray
Defines the lower limit of the adjustable
open circuit, the motor stops slowly under
Minimum rotational speed
MIN the control of the deceleration knob.
speed (clockwise: higher speed; counterclockwise:
lower speed) Controls the motor rotation direction:
Defines the acceleration time, 0.5~10 sec controls the rotation direction of the motor
Slow 4 F/R Blue
ACC (clockwise: higher speed; counterclockwise: via this terminal and COM short circuit or
acceleration
lower speed) open circuit.
Defines the deceleration time, 0.5~10 sec Controls motors to run at full speed via this
Slow
DEC (clockwise: higher speed; counterclockwise: terminal and COM short circuit; this is not
deceleration
lower speed) controlled by the maximum speed and
5 FSP Orange
internal/external speed adjusting knobs.
J1 Contact (internal/external speed selection For open circuit, motors operate under
general control.
setting, 3 pin) Controls the start and stop of motors:
Setting Name Description 6 R/S motors starts via this terminal and COM White
To adjust the rotational speed of motors via short circuit, and close in open circuit.
EXT
external VR or voltage Common terminal of input/output signals
To adjust the rotational speed of motors via 7 COM Black
INT (0V)
internal VR DC 5V/0.1A output for the use of external
8 5V Red
components
J2 Contact (12V/24V selection setting, 3 pin)
Setting Name Description JP3 Contact (input end controlling external
Sets the power source of motors/drivers to DC
Short 12V
12V
rotational speed, 3 pin)
Sets the power source of motors/drivers to DC Pin‐out Name Description Color
Open 24V
24V Knob contact for external speed adjusting
1 LV Black
(MIN Speed)
Knob contact for external speed adjusting
JP1 Contact (input end of the power source, 2 2 Wiper
(adjusting point)
Green
pin) 3 HV
Knob contact for external speed adjusting
Red
Marking Description (MAX Speed)
+24V Power DC 24V+(linked with JP4 Pin2) Note: When using the variable resistance to adjust speed, please adopt 5Ω to
GND Power GND (linked with JP4 Pin3) 20Ω.

206
 Hollow Worm Gear Reducer

207
Hollow Worm Gear Reducer Models

Machine type Frame No. Input type Gear ratio Note

Hollow worm gear N: Caliber input

reducer U: Shaft input
025: Center distance of reducers 25mm
030: Center distance of reducers 30mm
K: Standard
040: Center distance of reducers 40mm
050: Center distance of reducers 50mm

Frame No. Gear ratio

025 5 7.5 10 15 20 30 40 50 60
030 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80
040 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100
050 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100

Hollow Worm Gear Reducer Example of fixed mount installation

Label

Trademark
Product model
Gear ratio
Max. allowable torque
Example of output flange installation
Ex‐factory serial number

208
 Hollow Worm Gear Reducer, Frame 25
40W Single/Tri‐phase Induction Motor with Hollow Worm Gear
Reducer

Weight: 0.7kg without the motor, 3.15kg with the motor

Example of Toggle Installation Dimension of the Output Flange and the

Hollow Shaft Keyway

Specifications of Hollow Worm Gear Reducer

Hollow worm gear Frequency Motor Gear ratio & max. output torque (50Hz/60Hz kgfcm)
Coupled motor
reducer Hz torsion 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100
50 3.1 13.3 19.5 25.4 36.3 45.9 ‐ 61.4 75.6 88.4 100.4 ‐ ‐ 40W Induction
GH‐025N ‐K
60 2.4 10.3 15.1 19.7 28.1 35.5 ‐ 47.5 58.6 68.4 77.8 ‐ ‐ Motor

209
Hollow Worm Gear Reducer, Frame 30
60W Single/Tri‐phase Induction Motor with Hollow Worm Gear
Reducer

Weight: 1.2kg without the motor, 3.8kg with the motor

90W Single/Tri‐phase Induction Motor with Hollow Worm Gear

Reducer

Weight: 1.2kg without the motor, 5.5kg with the motor

210
 Hollow Worm Gear Reducer, Frame 30
Example of Toggle Installation

Dimension of the Output Flange and the Hollow Shaft Keyway

Specifications of Hollow Worm Gear Reducer

Hollow worm gear Frequency Motor Gear ratio & max. output torque (50Hz/60Hz kgfcm)
Coupled motor
reducer Hz torsion 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100
50 4.6 19.8 29.0 37.3 52.4 66.2 77.1 88.3 106.7 124.2 138.0 161.9 ‐ 60W Induction
60 3.5 15.1 22.1 28.4 39.9 50.4 58.6 67.2 81.2 94.5 105.0 123.2 ‐ Motor
GH‐030N ‐K
50 6.9 29.7 43.5 55.9 78.7 99.4 115.6 132.5 106.1 186.3 207.0 242.9 ‐ 90W Induction
60 5.3 22.8 33.4 42.9 60.4 76.3 88.8 101.8 123.0 143.1 159.0 186.6 ‐ Motor

211
Hollow Worm Gear Reducer, Frame 40
120W Single/Tri‐phase Induction Motor with Hollow Worm Gear
Reducer

Weight: 2.3kg without the motor, 5.5kg with the motor

150W Single/Tri‐phase Induction Motor with Hollow Worm Gear

Reducer

Weight: 2.3kg without the motor, 5.5kg with the motor

212
 Hollow Worm Gear Reducer, Frame 40
Example of Toggle Installation

Dimension of the Output Flange and the Hollow Shaft Keyway

Specifications of Hollow Worm Gear Reducer

Hollow worm gear Frequency Motor Gear ratio & max. output torque (50Hz/60Hz kgfcm)
Coupled motor
reducer Hz torsion 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100
50 8.7 38.3 56.1 74.0 105.7 134.0 161.0 180.1 222.7 265.4 297.5 355.0 408.9 120W Induction
60 7.1 31.2 45.8 60.4 86.3 109.3 131.4 147.0 181.8 216.6 242.8 289.7 333.7 Motor
GH‐040N ‐K
50 10.8 47.5 69.7 91.8 131.2 166.3 199.8 223.6 276.5 329.4 369.4 440.6 507.6 150W Induction
60 8.7 40.9 60.0 79.1 113.0 143.2 172.1 192.5 238.1 283.7 318.1 379.4 437.1 Motor

213
 Hollow Worm Gear Reducer, Frame 50
200W Single/Tri‐phase Induction Motor with Hollow Worm Gear
Reducer

Weight: 3.5kg without the motor, 8.4kg with the motor

Example of Toggle Installation Dimension of the Output Flange and the

Hollow Shaft Keyway

Specifications of Hollow Worm Gear Reducer

Hollow worm gear Frequency Motor Gear ratio & max. output torque (50Hz/60Hz kgfcm)
Coupled motor
reducer Hz torsion 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100
50 16.3 70.9 105.1 136.9 195.6 251.0 301.5 342.3 423.8 497.1 557.4 665.0 798.7 20W Induction
GH‐050N ‐K
60 12.2 53.0 78.6 102.4 146.4 187.8 225.7 256.2 317.2 372.1 417.2 497.7 597.8 Motor

214
 Linear Reducer

215
Linear Reducer Models

Machine type Frame No. Input Gear Ratio Stroke

shaft

Linear Reducer

0: Frame 0, 42mm square

2: Frame 2, 60mm square
4: Frame 4, 80mm square
5: Frame 5, 90mm square

N: General helical gear shaft

U: Strengthened helical gear
shaft

Linear Reducer Label

Trademark

Product model

Moving speed

Moving range

Ex‐factory serial number

216
 Linear Reducer, Frame 0 / Frame 2
Linear Reducer: Outline Dimension Drawing of Frame 0 (under development)

42+stroke

2‐M4x0.7 depth 15

Weight: 0.8 kg

Gear ratio 6 9 12.5 15 18 25 30 36 50 60 90

Moving speed, 220V 50Hz 104.5 70 50 42 35 25 21 17.5 12.5 10.5 7
mm/s 220V 60Hz 131 87 63 52.5 43.5 31.5 26 22 15.5 13 9
Max. moveable weight (kg) 0.7 1 1.5 1.8 1.8 3.2 5.6 5.6 7.6 7.6 9

Linear Reducer: Outline Dimension Drawing of Frame 2 (under development)

60+stroke

2‐M5x0.8 depth 15

Weight: 1kg

Gear ratio 6 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25 30 50 60 90 180

Moving 220V 50Hz 84 56 50 40 33.5 28 25 20 16.5 8.7 10 5.5 3
speed, mm/s 220V 60Hz 105 70 63 50 42 35 31.5 25 21 10.5 12.5 7 3.5
Max. moveable weight (kg) 3.5 5.4 7.4 8.9 10.8 10.8 14.5 17.5 21 34.7 34.7 50 54

217
 Linear Reducer, Frame 4 / Frame 5
Linear Reducer: Outline Dimension Drawing of Frame 4 (under development)

80+stroke

2‐M10x1.5 depth 15
Weight: 1.7kg

Gear ratio 6 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25 30 36 50 60 90 180

Moving speed, 220V 50Hz 222 148 133 107 89 74 67 53.5 44.5 37 26.5 22 15 7.5
mm/s 220V 60Hz 278 185 167 133 111 93.5 83.5 66.5 55.5 46 33.5 28 18.5 9
Max. moveable weight (kg) 5.6 8.4 10.8 13.4 16.7 16.9 21.7 26.7 32.5 32.5 54 54 66.8 66.8

Linear Reducer: Outline Dimension Drawing of Frame 5 (under development)

90+stroke

2‐M12x1.75 depth 15
Weight: 2.7kg

Gear ratio 6 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25 30 36 50 60 90 180

Moving speed, 220V 50Hz 251.5 167.5 151 120.5 100.5 84 75.5 60.5 50 42 30 25 16.5 8.5
mm/s 220V 60Hz 314 209.5 188.5 151 125.5 104.5 94 75.5 63 52.5 37.5 31.5 21 10.5
Max. moveable weight (kg) 8.21 11.9 17.1 20.9 24.6 24.6 33.6 40.3 48.5 48.5 74.6 74.6 74.6 74.6

218
 Linear Reducer, Frame 5
Linear Reducer: Outline Dimension Drawing of Frame 5

90+stroke

2‐M12x1.75 depth 15

Weight: 3kg

Gear ratio 6 9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25 30 36 50 60 90 180

Moving speed, 220V 50Hz 251.5 167.5 151 120.5 100.5 84 75.5 60.5 50 42 30 25 16.5 8.5
mm/s 220V 60Hz 314 209.5 188.5 151 125.5 104.5 94 75.5 63 52.5 37.5 31.5 21 10.5
Max. moveable weight (kg) 11.9 17.9 23.9 29.8 35.8 35.8 57.5 57.5 69.4 69.4 115.7 115.7 115.7 115.7

219
220
 Technical Data
Technical Data
How to Select an AC Induction Motor

Motor selection 223

Examples of AC motor selection 224

Calculation formula of the load torque 225

Calculation formula of the inertia 226

Examples of calculation related to AC motors 228

Types and characteristics of motors 230

Service Life of Motors and Gear Boxes

Service life of the motor 231

Service life of the gear box & notes 232

About AC Induction Motors

Definitions and characteristics 233

Terms related to the gear box, structure, and usage of AC motors

235

Class of insulation and temperature rise 243

Failures and resolutions 245

IP Code 246

Safety specification 247

Preparation before assembly 248

Wiring diagram of Inverter 249

Introduction of electromagnetic clutch brake motors and gear

boxes 250

Dimension drawing of foot 251

Specification discussion 252

221
222
 How to Select an AC Induction Motor
Motor Selection
Selecting a fully functional motor of required Z Define the required specifications: define the
specifications is a key factor for increasing the specifications of the driving part and the machine,
durability and economic benefic of the equipment. stop accuracy, position fixation, speed range,
The following introduces the selecting steps, environmental resistance, etc.
examples, calculation formulas and key points related [ Select motor: select the most applicable one
to PeeiMoGer Compact Gear Motor. according to the required specifications.
\ Decide on the motor and the gear box: based on
Steps: the rotational speed, load torque and load inertial
X After the structure and rough dimension of the torque of the selected motor to decide on the
driver are determined, define the weight and the motor and gear boxes.
moving speed of the objects to be conveyed. ] Confirm the selected motor: based on the
Y Calculate the rotational speed and the load: work mechanical strength or the acceleration time,
out the load torque, load inertial torque, confirm whether the specifications of the motor
rotational speed, etc, on the drive shaft of the and the gear boxes are up to the requirements for
motor. final confirmation and selection.

Machine selection list

Induction motor Reversible Single‐phase Tri‐phase Electromagnetic Single‐phase torque motor Speed control
M‐ IK ‐A induction motor electromagnetic electromagnetic clutch brake M‐ TK ‐AT motor
(AF ) M‐ RK ‐A brake motor brake motor induction motor M‐ IK ‐AV
M‐ IK ‐C (AF ) M‐ RK ‐AS M‐ RK ‐SS M‐ IK ‐AC (AVD)
(CF ) M‐ RK ‐C (AFS) (SFS) (AFC) M‐ IK ‐CV
M‐ IK ‐S (CF ) M‐ RK ‐CS M‐ RK ‐US M‐ IK ‐CC (CVD)
Motor Type (SF ) (CFS) (UFS) (CFC)
M‐ IK ‐ST M‐ IK ‐SC
(SFT) (SFC)
M‐ IK ‐U M‐ IK ‐UC
(UF ) (UFC)
M‐ IK ‐UT
(UFT)
Applicable to Motors capable of Motors capable of Motors which can Type with direct There is a near linear Motors which
single‐phase instant clock/ instant clock/ keep high brake single‐/tri‐phase proportion by inversion can be coupled
motors of counterclockwise counterclockwise and load induction motors between the torque and the with speed
Strength
continuous rotation rotation duration, with and DC (24V) rotational speed, so this is controllers and
operation built‐in safety clutch brakes especially applicable to fixed are capable of
brake combined type tension batching CVT
Single‐phase: Single‐phase: Single‐phase: Tri‐phase: Single‐phase: Single‐phase: Single‐phase: Single‐phase:
100V~120V 100V~120V 100V~120V 200V~230V 100V~120V 60V 110V 100V~120V
200V~240V 200V~240V 200V~240V 380V~400V 200V~240V 200V~240V
Voltage Tri‐phase: 415V~460V Tri‐phase:
200V~230V 200V~230V
380V~400V 380V~400V
415V~460V 415V~460V
Continuous operation { ° ° { { { ° {
Instant
clock/counterclockwise ° { { { ° ° °
rotation
Variable speed ° ° ° ° ° { {
Load duration ° { { { { ° °

223
 Examples of AC Motor Selection
Usage: to drive the conveyor [ Confirm the capacity of motors according to the
Operation condition: continuous actual test:
Voltage: 110V The maximum torque of the conveyor occurs
Frequency: 60Hz when it is started. Therefore, measure the lowest
Rotational speed: 26r/min starting voltage corresponding to the torque on
For calculation, refer to the conveyor driving machine startup and the current to confirm the following
on page 229. items.
a. The starting torque of the motors > the
X Select the motor: necessary torque on startup
Select a single‐phase induction motor according to (= the minimum starting torque)
b. Actual rotational speed > rated rotational
the above table by usage, operation condition, speed
operating environment, and voltage.
Torque:
Y Decide on the gear ratio of the gear box: Measure with the ampere‐meter, only to find that
Based on the example, it is known that when the the starting current < the rated output current
speed of the conveyor is 140mm per sec, the For example: the rated output current of
output rotational speed is 26.7rpm. Supposing the M‐5IK40N‐A is 0.55A corresponding to 110V and
rated output rotational speed corresponding to 60Hz.
60Hz is 1550 rpm before the motors are decided,
the gear ratio is 1550rpm÷26rmp, which equals Rotational speed:
60. Use the revolution meter or the measuring
(The rated output rotational speed of the machine to calculate the rotational speed of
induction motors is generally 1550±100rpm) motors, the actual value > the rated output
rotational speed (r/min).
Z Calculate the required torque:
Based on the examples from clients, it is Thus, it can be
calculated that the necessary torque is 3.27 N∙m, concluded that there is
nothing wrong with the
which belongs to the output shaft of the gear box. torque, the rotating
speed, motor
Please refer to the allowable torque with a gear M‐5IK40N‐A and gear
box G‐5N60‐K.
ratio of 60 (the maximum allowable torque of the
gear box). Select motors (M‐5IK40N‐A) with an
output power of 40W in consideration of double
security coefficient, and gear boxes (G‐5N60‐K)
with a gear ratio of 60.

224
 Calculation formula of the load torque:
Calculate the friction torque of different drivers.
Ball screw drive Line/pulley drive/rack/gear drive/

Coupling

Roller driver Actual measurement calculation

Spring balance

Roller

225
 Calculation Formula of the
F= load in the shaft direction [N] Inertia
F0= preloading load [N] (=1/3F) Inertia of the cylinder
μ0 = internal friction coefficient of the
preloading nut (0.1‐0.3)
η =efficiency (0.85‐0.95)
I= gear ratio
(This is the gear ratio of the machine, not that
of the reducer of the Company)
PB= ball screw pitch [m/rev]
FA= external force [N]
FB = force when the main shaft begins to rotate
[N]
(FB = [the value of the spring balance] (kg) × g
[m/s2]
m= the total weight of the working substance
and the workbench [kg]
μ= the friction coefficient of the sliding surface
[0.05]
α= inclination angel [°] Inertia of the hollow cylinder
D= roller diameter at the final section [m]
g= acceleration of gravity [m/s2] (9.807)

Unit conversion: take 40W M‐5IK40A‐A for

example:

Kgfcm N‧m mN‧m gfcm

Starting torqu 1.9 0.19 190 1900
Rated torque 2.3 0.23 230 2300
Force kg N N g

226
 Inertia when the center of gravity is not at the Inertia of objects in linear motion
center

A= unit displacement [m/rev]

distance from X axis to X0 axis [m]

Iron ρ = 7.9×103[kg/m3]
Aluminum ρ = 2.8×103[kg/m3]
Yellow brass ρ = 8.5×103[kg/m3]
Nylon ρ = 1.1×103[kg/m3]
2
Jx = inertia of X axis [kg‧m ]
Jy= inertia of Y axis [kg‧m2]
J0= inertia of X0 axis (via the center of gravity)
2
[kg‧m ]
m = weight [kg]
D1 = outer diameter [m]
D2 =inner diameter [m]
ρ = density [kg/m3]
L = length [m]

Inertia of the cube

227
Examples of Calculation Related to AC Motors
The following is an example of using Define the gear ratio of the gear box
electromagnetic brake motors on the workbench Rotational speed of the output shaft of the gear box
of ball screw facility and the motors must be
selected according to the following
specifications.
Generally, the rated rotational speed of motors is
1551r/min corresponding to 60Hz 4‐pole, so the gear
Motor
Gear box ratio should be within this range (i=9).
Coupling Gear ratio of the gear box

Ball screw Linear

guide rail
Calculate the necessary torque
Load of the ball screw:

Preloading load of the ball screw:

Required Specifications and Machine

Specifications
Load torque:
Total weight of the workbench and the working
substance m=30 [kg]
Moving speed of the workbench v=15±2 [mm/s]
External force FA=0 [N]
Inclination angle of the ball screw α=90 [degree]
Length of the ball screw LB=800 [mm]
This load torque belongs to the output shaft of the
Shaft diameter of the ball screw DB=20 [mm]
gear box, so it has to be adapted to the output shaft
Ball screw pitch PB=5 [mm] of the motors.
Displacement of the ball screw for each rotation Necessary torque TM of the output shaft of the
A=5 [mm] motors
Efficiency of the ball screw η=0.9
Material of the ball screw: iron (density
(Transmitting efficiency of the gear box ηG=0.81)
ρ=7.9×103 [kg/m3]
Security factor is set as 2 times.
Internal friction coefficient of preloading nuts
μ0=0.3
Friction coefficient of the sliding surface μ0=0.05
Motor power source: single‐phase 110V 60Hz
Working time: un‐continuous operation for five
hours a day
Repeated start‐stop
Load duration is necessary.

228
 For motors with a starting torque over Since the rated rotational speed of the motors is
77.6mN∙m (0.776kgfcm), select according to the 1550rpm corresponding to 60Hz, the corresponding
specification table of AC induction motors. gear ratio should be i=60.
Select M‐3RK15N‐AS motors (0.90kgfcm) with The gear ratio of the gear box is as follows:
electromagnetic brake for load duration and
coupled G‐3N9‐K gear box with a gear ratio of 9.
The following is an example of using induction
motors in conveyor driving facility, which must
Calculate the necessary torque
conform to the required specifications.
The torque reaches the highest when the conveyor is
started, which has to be calculated first.
Conveyor Frictional force of the sliding part is F.
Gear box
Motor
Load torque

This load torque belongs to the output shaft of the

gear box, so it has to be adapted to the output shaft
of the motors.
Total weight of the conveyor and the working
Necessary torque of the output shaft of motors: TM.
substance m1=20kg
Friction coefficient of the sliding surface μ=0.3
Diameter of the roller D=100mm (transmitting efficiency of gear box ηG=0.75)
Weight of the roller m2=1kg Given the variation of voltage for commercial use
Efficiency of the conveyor and the roller η=0.9 (110±10%), the security factor should be doubled.
Speed of the conveyor v=140mm/s±10%
Motor power source: single‐phase 110V 60Hz For selection of motors with a starting torque over
Working time: 16 hours per day 1.45 (kgfcm), refer to the specification table of AC
induction motors.
Define the gear ratio of the gear box Select M‐5IK40N‐A motors (1.9kgfcm) and coupled
M‐5IK40N‐A gear box with a gear ratio of 60.
Rotational speed of the output shaft of the gear
box

229
 Types and Characteristics of Motors
Over‐rotation
Characteristic Type Retention Frequency
amount
Applicable single‐phase
Single‐phase
motors of continuous
induction motor
operation
Applicable to
Tri‐phase
single‐phase motors of
Induction motor induction motor
continuous operation
Motors capable of
instant Reversible Simple brake
4‐6 turns
clock/counterclockwise motor 70‐500gcm
rotation
Single‐phase The safety brake motors
Safety brake
electromagnetic 2‐3 turns can stop six times per
1‐10kgcm
brake motor minute (the stop time must
Tri‐phase be over 3 sec)
Safety brake
Retentive electromagnetic 2‐3 turns To stop 7~20 times per
1‐10kgcm
Electromagnetic Safety brake brake motor minute, use
brake Suitable for emergency electromagnetic brake
(safety brake) motors.
Electromagnetic
To stop 20~100 times per
clutch brake 24 and 50kgcm 1 turn
minute, use
induction motor
electromagnetic clutch
brake motors
For motor brakes, select Motors with
Electromagnetic
DC 24V MM brake electromagnetic 2‐3 turns
24 and 50kgcm
(optional) brake
There is an almost linear
proportion by inversion
between the torque and
Single‐phase Single‐phase:
the rotational speed, so
torque motor 110V 60Hz
they are especially
applicable to fixed tension
batching.
Speed control
motor

PMG DC motor

To realize un‐continuous
operation through
Irretentive electronic brakes, it is
Electric brake It can move freely after Electronic brake 0.5‐1 turn necessary to ensure the
stop surface temperature of the
motors are below 90
degrees
Same as
Used together Mechanical and electric Refer to the information on
electromagnetic 0.5‐1 turn
brake electromagnetic brake
brake

230
 Service Life of Motors and Gear Boxes
Service Life of Motors
The service life of motors relies on the
bearing quality, the abrasion of the
transmission facility, the dysfunction
resulting from the maintenance by
customers, and the inspection time. The
service life provided by the Company is
not a guaranteed value, but to be used
for reference only. Also, the service life
depends to a great extent on the bearing
condition.

The service life of the bearing depends

on two factors:
Service life of the lubricating oil (hour)

Service life of the lubricating oil: the oil

can degrade due to temperature rise.
Service life of the facility: continuous
fatigue.
The influence of heat from motors on
the service life of the lubricating oil is
greater than that of the load the bearing
bears on the service life of the facility.
Therefore, the service life of motors can
be worked out according to that of the
lubricating oil.

Surface temperature of the motor

Relationship between the surface temperature of the motor and
the lubricating oil

231
AC small standard motor, DC motor The condition for the guaranteed service life of the
Make sure the surface temperature of the motor gear box defined by PeeiMoGer is as follows:
is below 90 degrees during use. As a result from Torque: allowable torque
the operating environment or the operating Load type: fixed‐8 hours per day
efficiency, the lower the surface temperature is, Input rotational speed: standard input rotational
the longer the service life is. In addition, if speed
over‐loaded, the service life of the bearing may Thrust load: allowable shaft‐direction thrust and load.
be shorter than that of the lubricating oil.
Guaranteed service life of all gear boxes
Standard
The guaranteed service life of the motor is as input Guaranteed
follows: Motor type Gear box type
rotational service life
Motor type Guaranteed service life speed
AC motor 5000 hours AC induction
Ball bearing 5000 hours
motor 1500r/min
DC motor 3000 hours
DC motor Oil bearing 2000 hours

The actual service life is affected by the load, the

way to apply load and the rotational speed, The actual service life is affected by the load, the load
which can be calculated through the following applying method, and the rotational speed, which can
formula. be calculated using the following formula.
L (service life) = (L1×K1) / [(K2)3×f (h)]
L (service life): L1/f
L1: guaranteed service life L1
L1: guaranteed service life K1: coefficient of the rotational speed=standard input
f: coefficient of the service life rotational speed/actual input rotational speed
K2: load factor=actual torque/allowable torque
Coefficient table of the service life (Referring to the specification value recorded in the
Load type 5 hr/day 8 hr/day 24 hr/day catalog)
Fixed 1.0 1.0 1.5 f: life factor
Variable: light 1.25 1.5 2.25
Variable: middle 1.75 2.0 3.0
Variable: heavy 2.25 3.0 4.5

Service Life of the Gear Box Notes

(Reducer) When gear motors are driven out of the specified
The actual service life is affected by the load, the specification, or are experiencing random failure,
load applying method, and the rotational speed. unexpected failure, or irresistible external force
To calculate this, please refer to the relationship during the service life, which may be hard to
between the rated service life and the actual resolve via technological resolutions, it is then
service life. necessary to take preventive measures.

232
 About AC Induction Motors
Definitions and Characteristics
B. Output
The relationship between the output rotational
Here are some
speed, torque and the output power is as follows:
terms related to
AC motors.

Formula:
T: torque
P: output power [kW] {w=watts}
N: revolution times (r/min)
9540 [973.5] (97.35): constant
(1HP=746Watts)

Input the rated rotational speed and output power

into the above formula to figure out the rated torque,
A. Rating namely, full‐load torque. For example, for standard
● Rated output 25W motors, factor rated rotational speed 1625 rpm
It refers to the output power of motors under (60Hz), T (kgfcm)=97.35×25W/1625 (rpm)=1.5 (kgfcm)
basic setting. For example: the rotational is derived.
speed, current and torque of standard 25W
motors are their rated output data, data with
full‐load.

● Rated time
It refers to the time motors can operate with
normal load. Generally, if the operating time
exceeds the rated time, motors will get
over‐heated.

● Continuous rating and short‐time rating

Under rated output, the normal continuous
operating time is the rated time, and the
continuous service life is the continuous
rating, and specified operating time is called
short‐time rating.

233
C: Torque Formula
● Starting torque Ns: synchronous revolving speed (r/min)
It is the torque instantaneously produced P: motor pole
when the motor is started. The starting torque f: frequency (Hz)
for three‐phase motors generally refers to the 120: constant
pull‐out torque.
● No load speed
● Stopping torque (pull‐out torque) No load speed is 20~50rpm behind the
It is the maximum torque the motor can synchronous revolving speed, because the
output under certain voltage and frequency. armature of the motor cannot rotate until it is
Once the load exceeds the torque range, the inducted in the stator magnetic field and has built
motor will stop. Stopping torque is also called up a magnetic field.
maximum torque or pull‐out torque. For example: for 4‐pole, 60Hz, 1800rpm, the no
load speed is 1750~1780rpm.
● Rated torque
It is the torque when the motor produces ● Rated revolving speed
rated output under rated voltage and It is the revolving speed corresponding to the
frequency, namely, the torque at rated motor’s rated output, the speed under full load.
revolving speed.
Static friction torque ● Sliding rate (%)
It is the torque outputted for maintaining load One of the expressions of the motor’s revolving
when the electromagnetic brake or speed. The formula is as follows:
electromagnetic clutch brake is applied. Ns − N
S (%) =
Ns
● Allowable torque Ns: synchronous revolving speed (r/min)
It is the maximum torque allowable during N: revolving speed under arbitrary load
motor operation, and is limited by the rated
torque, temperature rise and integrated ● Over‐rotation amount
reducer strength of the motor. It refers to the excess rotation from the moment
the power is cut off to when the motor has
D: Revolving Speed stopped, expressed by angles (rpm).
● Synchronous revolving speed
It is the revolving speed of the motor’s stator
magnetic field, determined by the motor pole
and power frequency.
The formula is as follows:

234
 Terms related to the gear box Structure and usage of AC motors
(reducer) The basic structure of AC small motors is as
● Gear ratio follows:
It refers to the proportion between the X Motor housing: machining with aluminum
rotational speed after deceleration and the die‐casting materials.
original speed. The rotational speed of the Y Stator: composed of a cascaded silicon steel
output shaft of the gear box (reducer) equals core twined with copper varnished wires and
to the quotient between the synchronous insulating thin film.
rotational speed of motors (50Hz : 1500r/min, Z Rotor: composed of silicon steel cascade and
60Hz : 1800r/min) and the gear ratio. The conductors of aluminum die‐casting
actual rotational speed is 2‐20% smaller due to [ Output shaft: circular shaft or gear shaft,
the influence of the load. material S45C.
\ Bearing: ball bearing.
] Bearing house: machining with aluminum
die‐casting materials.
^ Lead: high quality heat‐resistance lead.

For example:
Motor housing Connecting box
For Model G‐5N3‐K
50Hz : 1500r/min, gear ratio: 1/3,
The rotational speed of the output shaft of the Lead wire
gear box=
1500r/min× (1/3) =500rpm. Bearing
60Hz: 1800r/min, house
where gear ratio: 1/3, Output
the rotational speed of the output shaft of the shaft
gear box=1800r/min× (1/3) =600rpm.

● Maximum allowable torque

It refers to the maximum load torque gear box
can bear, depending on the gear of the gear Bearing
box, bearing quality and size, and other
mechanical characteristics and strength. This is
different for different gear box and gear ratio. Rotor Stator

● CW, CCW
It refers to the operation direction of motors.
CW means clockwise from the direction of the
output shaft, and CCW means
counterclockwise.

235
 „ Structure of a standard motor „ Relationship between the rotational speed and the
The structure of a standard motor (IK type) is torque of induction motors
as follows.
For general continuous operation.

Motor Lead wire

Torque
housing
Bearing
house
Output
shaft

Rotational speed

1. synchronous rotational speed

Bearing 2. no‐load rotational speed
3. rated rotational speed
4. rated torque
Rotor Stator 5. pull‐out rotational speed
6. pull‐out torque
„ Structure of a reversible motor 7. starting torque
The structure of a reversible motor (RK type) is
as follows. Induction motors include capacitor single‐phase
induction motors and tri‐phase induction motors. For
single‐phase motors, the starting torque is usually
smaller than the operating torque, while for tri‐phase
Spring
motors, the starting torque is usually equal to the
Spring damper pull‐out torque (maximum torque).
Brake shoe
Braking vane Torque Torque

It is used when rapid reversal rotation is

necessary after clockwise rotation. When the
Rotational speed (r/min) Rotational speed (r/min)
motor operates for 30 minutes (rated time), its
surface temperature approaches 90℃, so it Single‐phase induction Tri‐phase induction
has to be stopped to prevent overheating. motor motor
PeeiMoGer has set the torque for simple brake
to approx. 10% of the output torque.

236
 „ Relationship between the rotational speed „ Relationship between the rotational speed and the
and the torque of reversible motors torque of torque motors
Both reversible motors and single‐phase Torque motor
induction motors are capacitor induction Its structure is similar to that of standard motors, with
motors, with the relationship between the such main features: there is an almost linear
rotational speed and the torque being the proportion by inversion between the torque and the
same. However, the starting torque of rotational speed, thus they are especially applicable
reversible motors is bigger in order to increase to fixed tension batching.
the instant reversibility.
To batch objects operating at fixed speed
Torque continuously with fixed tension, if the batching
diameter is doubled, the output torque of the motors
is also doubled, but the rotational speed is reduced by
half. Therefore, it is necessary to maintain certain
proportion during operation.
Induction motor
Fixed tension batching

Rotational speed(r/min)

The continuous rating

time of torque motors is
5 minutes corresponding
to 110V, and continuous
operation can be realized Under locked state, torque motors can still operate
with 60V or below. and will not get over‐heated, especially applicable to
work‐piece positioning and holding. In addition, the
torque is the square of the voltage, the locking output
torque of the motors can be adjusted through voltage
(do not exceed the allowable torque of the gear box
when they are used together)

Work piece

237
 „ Speed controlling method of the speed control X The maximum variable resistance coupled with the
motors speed setting device of the Company is 20Ω.
The basic steps are as follows. Y When the resistance reaches the maximum (20Ω),
The AC speed control motors adopt closed the rotational speed is 1650 rpm for 60Hz and 1350
loop speed control method. rpm for 50Hz.
Z The rotational speed is proportional to the
AC speed control motor (control method) resistance. When the resistance is zero, motors
X The speed setting device provides the stop.
velocity voltage for setting. [ In order to reach synchronous speed adjusting in
Y Tacho generator provides the voltage the two groups, the variable resistance in the
corresponding to the rotational speed. wiring diagram, as is shown in Fig. 1, is 10KΩ.
Z Compare the above two voltages of \ For multi‐section variable speed application, refer
difference. to Fig. 2. Speed can be changed rapidly by changing
[ In order to reach the setting speed, you can the variable resistance.
base on a sliding scale to supply power to
motors. „ Relationship between the rotational speed and the
torque of speed control motors controlling method
of the speed control motors
The relationship between the rotational speed and
the torque of speed control motors is as follows.
Tacho generator
Rotational Speed vs. Torque M‐4IK25N‐AV
Voltage comparison

Controller Margin line of 50Hz

controlling switch
power supply

Margin line of 60Hz

Control

Speed setting
Torque

device
Power source

Single‐section
speed
White Red
adjusting
Group 1 Rotational speed
Black
Red
Red Multi‐section
speed
adjusting

Group 2

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

238
„ Structure of speed control motors
The structure of AC speed control motors is as Safe brake
follows.

Tacho generator

„ Structure of electromagnetic clutch brake

motors
Such motors use DC 24V electromagnetic clutch
brake, with the structure as follows. Generally, motors
operate continuously (normal load within 8 hours),
and clutches work when brakes are lifted. Motors
drive the output shaft to operate, and brakes work
They are mainly used on the occasion when speed
when clutches are lifted. Clutches and brakes cycle,
needs to be adjusted. It is also necessary to note that
with an action frequency of 100 per min.
the load that speed adjusting motors can bear varies
with the rotational speed, with a general adjustment
Clutch Brake
range of 10% to 50%, and increases with the increase
of the rotational speed. Within 50%~100%, motors
can bear full‐load torque (rated load) together with
the compensation of the torque of the speed
controllers. Generally, speed adjusting motors cannot
bear full‐load toque with a 50% rotational speed.
*Speed adjusting principle: please refer to the
method to control the rotational speed.

„ Structure of electromagnetic brakes

Such motors adopt safety brakes.

The construction is as follows. When there is voltage

on magnetic coils, the armature is attracted and
presses the spring to lift the brake, and the output
shaft of motors can rotate freely. On the contrary,
without voltage, electrode is pressed onto the brake
pad and the fixed plate by the spring, with such
results: the output shaft is fixed and it’s a state of
brake movement.

239
„ Others Operating temperature of the temperature protection
switch
Š Temperature rise of AC small standard motors Open: 125℃±5℃
During operation, all kinds of losses (copper loss, core (There are also machines with different operating
loss and mechanical loss) inside the motors turn into temperatures, please consult for relevant
heat, so the temperature will get higher. information)
Close: 75℃ (reference value)
2‐3 hours after induction motors begin to operate (There are also machines with different operating
(continuous operation); the temperature reaches temperatures, please consult for relevant
saturation, and will not change for a while. information)

30 minutes after reversible motors begin to operate

(30 min rating); the temperature reaches the specified Bimetallic strip
value, and will continue to increase when it keep Lead wire
going to operate.

Š Ways to measure temperature rise

A. thermometer
Fix the thermometer in the center of the motor shell
to measure the temperature, and take difference
between the measured value and the environmental Silver contact
temperature as the temperature rise. Š Capacitor
The AC motors of single‐phase power source are
B. resistance capacitor motors. Capacitors are connected in series
The coil temperature varies with different resistances. to the auxiliary coils to promote the current phase of
Measure it with insulation resistance meter and the latter to outstrip.
thermometers to calculate the temperature rise of
the coil.. The main coils and the auxiliary coils produce
different helical magnetic fields to make motors
Š Temperature protection switch (optional) operate. Generally, if capacitors are damaged or
Over‐heating protection device uses bimetallic strips connected appropriately, motors cannot start
and silver contacts, since the resistance of silver is the automatically, resulting in the so‐called “open phase”.
lowest and its heat transmission is second to that of
copper.

240
Š Capacity and rated voltage
Wrong capacity of capacitors may cause motors to
vibrate and get heated, or result in torque decrease,
which will make operation unstable. The unit of
capacity is uF. Wrong rated voltage may cause
capacitors to discharge smoke or sparks. The unit of
the rated voltage of capacitors is V, marked on the
surface of the capacitor and different from the rated
voltage of motors. Do use capacitors matched with
motors.

Š Rated electrified time

It refers to the service life corresponding to the rated
load, rated voltage, rated temperature and rated
power of capacitors, with 25000 hours as the
standard. Capacitor damage can result in smoke or
sparks.

241
„ Gear box Load
Gear box
Š Load
It refers to the load borne in the vertical direction of
the output shaft of gear box. The maximum load that Load in the direction
gear box bear is the allowable load, variable with of the shaft
different gear box and different distances from the
front end of the output shaft. The tension under belt
drive belongs to such kind of load.

Š Thrust load
It refers to the load borne in the direction of the Load in the
output shaft of gear box. The maximum thrust load Gear box Load (KG) direction of the
gear box bear is the allowable thrust load, variable shaft
with different gear box.
G‐2N ‐L 5
3
G‐2N ‐K 10
Š Transmission efficiency G‐3N ‐L 10
It refers to the efficiency of torque increase through 4
G‐3N ‐K 20
combining motors with gear box, expressed in G‐4N ‐L 20
percentage (%), and decided by the bearing of gear 5
G‐4N ‐K 30
box, friction of gear box and the impedance of the G‐5N ‐L 30
lubricating oil. 10
G‐5N ‐K 40
G‐5U ‐KF 60
15
G‐5U ‐KH 70
G‐6U ‐KH 80 20

Transmission efficiency of gear boxes

Gear box/ Intermediate
Bearing 3~9 10~18 20~60 75~180
Ratio (i) gear box
G‐2N ‐K
G‐3N ‐K
81% 75% 70% 56%
G‐4N ‐K
Ball G‐5N ‐K
G‐5U ‐K 81% 75% 70% 65% 58%
G‐5U ‐K
‐ 70% 65% 58%
G‐6U ‐KH
G‐2N ‐L
G‐3N ‐L
Metal 68% 63% 58% 46%
G‐4N ‐L
G‐5N ‐L

242
 Temperature ℃
Class of insulation and temperature rise
Insulation class: H‐type insulation allowable
According to the following chart, the insulation class temperature
of the induction motors in the Company is B.
Environmental temp. 40
Max.
Class of ℃, and internal winding
allowable
insulation allowable temp. (JIS
temp.
4004) F‐type insulation allowable 155℃
A 105℃ 60℃ temperature
E 120℃ 75℃
B 130℃ 80℃
F 155℃ 100℃
H 180℃ 125℃ B‐type insulation allowable
temperature
Motor temperature rises (standard environment
E‐type insulation allowable
temp. is ‐10℃~40℃) temperature
See the figure below for continuous rated motors.
Surface temperature A‐type insulation allowable
temperature 105℃
Equilibrium
temperature Temperature Water
rise °K boiling
Environmental
temperature
No contact (one will draw back
his/her hand on touching it)
Time Really very hot (one can touch it with hand for
1 second)
Very hot (one can touch it with hand for 0.5
seconds)
Quite hot (one can touch it with hand for 2
seconds)
Really quite hot (one can touch it with hand for
2~3 seconds)
Hot (one can touch it with hand for 3~4
seconds)
A bit hot (one can touch it with hand for 5~7
seconds)
Slightly hot (one can touch it with hand)
Warm (having warm feeling)
Slightly warm (a trace of warmness)

Slightly cold (lower than the body temperature,

a sense of coldness)
Normal temperature

243
 Short‐time rated motor
Short‐time rated motors are easy to get heated, so the
Surface temperature when long‐time un‐continuous
temperature operation stops should be lower than the highest
Highest
temperature Temperature temperature to ensure the coil insulation does not
rise °K deteriorate untimely and prevent the bearing from
Environmental
temperature lacking oil and stuck prematurely.
Time
Rated time When the temperature of the motors get too high
(exceeding 90℃), the coil insulation will deteriorate
and the bearing will lack oil and get stuck.
RK motors can reach long‐time operation through
un‐continuous operation or forced cooling. The
following figure shows how to operate
un‐continuously with the temperature switch. Temperature
Surface
protection switch
temperature

Highest
temperature
Stop operation
Resume
operation
Environmental
Operating temperature
temperature rise
Stop operation
Time

Bimetallic strip
Lead wire

Silver contact

244
 Troubleshooting 2. Motors rotate too slowly or get over‐loaded

Confirm the operating current of motors with the

amperemeter. If it exceeds the rated current, it means
When there is something
wrong with motors, adopt the
over‐load (when the coils of motors are normal).
following three measures: When motors are over‐loaded,

a. The rotational speed is lower than the rated

speed.
b. The current exceeds the rated current.
c. The surface temperature of motors exceed 90 ℃
(the room temperature is below 40 ℃)

3. Leakage of electricity

Adjust the avometer to AC voltage gear, with one end

connected to the motor, and the other end connected
to the ground (ensure the motor is connected to the
ground). If the ammeter still displays voltage, it
means there is leakage of electricity.
1. Motors do not operate
When the motor is not connected to the ground,
a. First, confirm whether there is something wrong measure the 220V AC motors operating with the
with the main and auxiliary coils, and measure power on, and the voltage of 80V AC will be measured
their resistance value. If the outgoing lines of out.
motors are of four colors, the red‐blue line is the
main coil, while the black‐white is auxiliary. If they Notes: ground connection method: pressing the
are of three colors, the red‐white line is the main grounding lines in ring form and pressure‐welding
coil, while the red‐black is auxiliary. When the terminals, and then fixing them to one of the four
resistance of the main coil is close to that of the screw holes on the frame of the motors with bolts.
auxiliary coil (both resistances exist), it means the Before fixation, scraping the stoving varnish around
coils are normal. the screw holes to ensure the motors and the
(The difference between the resistance value of grounding lines are conductive.
the main coil and that of the auxiliary coil is less
than 14%)

b. If motors still do not operate even if the power is

on, but begin to operate when rotated with hand
and stop when the output shaft is held by hand, it
means the capacitor does not work, perhaps due
to wrong wiring or capacitor damage (such
probability is quite low).

245
 IP Code
Protection grade and testing conditions of electrical equipment shields
The first figure in the IP code represents the protection grade for solid foreign matters
The Protection grade
first
Summary Definition
figure
0 No protection No protection
Protect solid foreign matters with a diameter Spheroidal detectors with a diameter of 50mm
1
greater than or equal to 50mm cannot be passed through completely
Protect solid foreign matters with a diameter Spheroidal detectors with a diameter of 12.5mm
2
greater than or equal to 12.5mm cannot be passed through completely
Protect solid foreign matters with a diameter Spheroidal detectors with a diameter of 2.5mm
3
greater than or equal to 2.5mm cannot be passed through completely
Protect solid foreign matters with a diameter Spheroidal detectors with a diameter of 1.0mm
4
greater than or equal to 1.0mm cannot be passed through completely
Dust is not complete isolate, but the total amount
of the dust passing through cannot affect the
5 Dustproof
normal operation of electrical machines or ruin the
safety.
6 Airtight dustproof Complete dustproof

The second figure in the IP code represents the protection grade against water
The Protection grade
second
Summary Definition
figure
0 No protection No protection
Protect against water dropping vertically To ensure water dropping vertically will not cause
1
damage
Protect against water dropping vertically when To ensure water dropping vertically from any angle
2 the shield inclines 15 degrees will not cause damage as long as the inclination
angle of the shield does not exceed 15 degrees
3 Protect against leaked water To ensure leaked water will not cause damage
Protect against sprayed water To ensure water sprayed from any direction will not
4
cause damage
Protect against injected water To ensure water injected from any direction will
5
not cause damage
Protect against water column of crush To ensure water column of crush injection will not
6
injection cause damage
Protect against short‐time soaking Within normative pressure and time, the water
7 infiltrating during short‐time soaking (30 min) will
not cause damage
Protect against continuous soaking With the approval of the manufacturer and the
user, under stricter conditions than the seventh,
8
ensure the water infiltrating during continuous
soaking will not cause damage

246
 Safety specifications

Applicable specifications of PeeiMoGer Compact AC Gear Motor:

UL, CE, 3C safety specification certifications

To realize insulation and flame resistance, motors of UL

and UL 1004‐1 standard should meet the following
requirements.
4.1.1 The flame resistance and insulation property of
motors should conform to UL 1004‐1 requirements
and certified by UL.
4.1.2 The voltage resistance, insulating ability,
construction and dimension should meet UL 1004‐1
requirements.
4.1.3 UL construction is shown in the above figure.
4.1.4 The product model on the label of motors of UL
Based on the LVD in EU, besides insulation and flame specification is composed of the construction number
resistance, it is required that the coils will not get of motors (refer to page 11). If the label includes other
over‐heated and burned up when there is something numbers (such as serial code), it means the motors are
wrong with motors. The main exceptions include: not of UL specification.
4.2.1 Motor locking
4.2.2 Short‐circuit and open‐circuit of capacitors
4.2.3 Under‐phase of tri‐phase motors
In order to meet the above requirements, temperature
protection switch is indispensible to motors of other
specifications other than 6W 220V, which has
impedance protection. CE products are declared to
conform to CE requirements when exiting the factory, as
is shown in the above figure.

The manufacturing process, components (coils,

insulating materials, insulating varnish, outgoing lines
etc) are required to conform to CQCCNCA‐01‐013
specification. Certified motors should be equipped with
ground screws and be labeled with 3C certification,
which is shown in the above figure.

247
 Preparation before assembly Notes:
1. Take down the sealed cap of the gear box and 1. When the gear box falls flat for a long time or the
erase the oil content on the end face (refer to Fig. output shaft is placed upward, some oil content
1) will leak out (please refer to Fig. 4).
2. Take down the O‐ring on the sealed cap and 2. When the gear box is not in use, the O‐ring should
flatten it to the motor flange, without any floating be nested in the sealed cap, which then covers the
(refer to Fig. 2). mating face of the gear box. The output shaft of
3. Place the motor upward and take down the the gear box should be placed downward to avoid
protection sleeve of the gear shaft (refer to Fig. 2). oil leakage (refer to Fig. 4).
4. The motor and the gear box should be vertical to 3. Incorrect assembly of the motor and the gear box
each other, and prevent left and right rotation to will damage the gear shaft and the gear group,
avoid damage to the gear shaft and the gear set resulting in abnormal noisy and shorter service life.
(refer to Fig. 3). 4. To assemble the motor and the gear box together,
5. After assembling the motor and the gear box the bolts should be crossed and fixed (refer to Fig.
together, lock them with specialized bolts. 5).

Sleeve

Sealed cap O‐ring

O‐ring
Fig. 4

The correct way to fix bolts The wrong way to fix bolts
Fig. 1 Fig. 2

Fig. 5

Frame
Bolt
dimension of Lock torque
specification
the gear box
60mmsq M4 20kg.cm
70mmsq M5 25kg.cm
Fig. 3 80mmsq M5 25kg.cm
90mmsq M6 30kg.cm
104mmsq M8 40kg.cm

248
 SH‐216C‐A (H) wiring diagram
Power source
DC24V
above 0.1A

Clockwise rotation input

Power source indicator
Clockwise rotation indicator Counterclockwise rotation input
Counterclockwise rotation indicator (ON: internal)
Internal/external speed
Internal/external speed adjusting indicator
Electromagnetic brake indicator Brake lifting

Internal speed adjusting

Revolution meter RPM

Slow ascend time

Generator lead
Slow descend time

Electromagnetic
brake line Yellow
Electromagnetic brake ON/OFF

Ground
connection
Wiring diagram of Inverter

249
 Introduction of electromagnetic clutch brake motors and gear boxes
Table of comparison between the output shaft of the clutch brake and the gear box

S24
Output shaft No. of teeth Tooth type Product model Coupled gear box
5S24‐81119‐2 11 helical N type S‐S24‐A26‐2 Peei 4 N gear box

S50
Output shaft No. of teeth Tooth type Product model Coupled gear box
5S50‐81119‐2 11 helical N type S‐S50‐A26‐3 Peei 5 N gear box
5S50‐81119‐3 11 helical N type S‐S50‐A26‐4 Peei 5 U gear box

Motor Clutch brake Gear box

Output shaft of motors

Type Modulus No. of
teeth
4N 0.6 10T Output
5N 0.8 12T
5U shaft of
clutch

Table of comparison between the motor and the gear box

Frame No. Output power Type Coupled gear box
4 25W M‐4IK25N‐ Peei 4 N gear box
40W M‐5IK40N‐
Peei 5 N gear box
M‐5IK60N‐
60W
M‐5IK60U‐
5
90W M‐5IK90U‐
Peei 5 U gear box
120W M‐5IK120U‐
150W M‐5IK150U‐

250
 Dimension drawing of motor foot
stands
„ Frame 3 15W
6015‐91119

Weight: 0.11kg

„ Frame 4 25W
6025‐91119

Weight: 0.14kg

„ Frame 5 40W~150W
6040‐91119

Weight: 0.18kg

251
 Specification discussion
For AC, DC small motors, gear box, customized products, OEM, please exchange views with customers for
necessary items and fill in the following table.
Customer name Date: year/ month/ day
Contacting person
Customer address Department:
Tel: Filled in by: Department:
FAX:
Motor
General specification
and appearance
Output: AC Voltage: brush Rotational speed ( )
( )W DC ( ) phase ( ) V brushless rpm
Number of poles: ( )
p
Motor specification reversible electromagnetic torque speed control motor
and type induction motor brake motor motor
motor
PMG DC motor Squirrel‐cage motor Start/stop: ( times)/
min
IP 20 (lead type) IP 54 (terminal box type) Environmental
IP code IP67 (waterproof and dustproof) temperature( ) ℃
Class of insulation: B F
necessary Motor temperature: ( ) ℃
Temperature switch unnecessary (the skipping temperature of TP
is 135℃) (optional)
necessary Motor noise: ( )dB
Safety specification unnecessary ( 3C CE UL)
RoHs requirement necessary unnecessary Motor vibration: ( )m/s2
stoving varnish (standard) epithelium after Operating time: ( ) h/ day
Surface treatment abrasive blasting others ( )
Mode of packing: ( ) Date required: year month
Expected budget day
Gear box
General specification
and appearance
Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4 Frame Frame 6 others
Frame number 5
Bearing: ball bearing oil bearing RoHs necessary
Gear ratio requirement
unnecessary
Output end Output shaft diameter: ( )mm, torque requirement: ( ) kgfcm
Input tooth: N shaft U shaft other types Input rotational ( )rpm
Input end speed
normal temperature and humidity (with the temperature between ‐10 ℃ to 40
Environmental ℃, and the humidity below RH 85% (no condensation) operating temperature and
temperature humidity (with the temperature between ( ) ℃ to ( ) ℃, and the humidity below
or above RH 85% )
Modulus No. of Pressure angle Helical Direction of Other
teeth angle rotation requirements
Technical
information Shift Spanned Spanned tooth Heat Accuracy
coefficient tooth thickness treatment
count

Remarks
PeeiMoger. Technical inquiries: 886‐3‐3299968 / FAX: 886‐3‐3297778
252
253
 Specification discussion
For AC, DC small motors, gear box, customized products, OEM, please exchange views with customers for
necessary items and fill in the following table.
Customer name Date: year/ month/ day
Contacting person
Customer address Department:
Tel: Filled in by: Department:
FAX:
Motor
General specification
and appearance
Output: AC Voltage: brush Rotational speed ( )
( )W DC ( ) phase ( ) V brushless rpm
Number of poles: ( )
p
Motor specification reversible electromagnetic torque speed control motor
and type induction motor brake motor motor
motor
PMG DC motor Squirrel‐cage motor Start/stop: ( times)/
min
IP 20 (lead type) IP 54 (terminal box type) Environmental
IP code IP67 (waterproof and dustproof) temperature( ) ℃
Class of insulation: B F
necessary Motor temperature: ( ) ℃
Temperature switch unnecessary (the skipping temperature of TP
is 135℃) (optional)
necessary Motor noise: ( )dB
Safety specification unnecessary ( 3C CE UL)
RoHs requirement necessary unnecessary Motor vibration: ( )m/s2
stoving varnish (standard) epithelium after Operating time: ( ) h/ day
Surface treatment abrasive blasting others ( )
Mode of packing: ( ) Date required: year month
Expected budget day
Gear box
General specification
and appearance
Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4 Frame Frame 6 others
Frame number 5
Bearing: ball bearing oil bearing RoHs necessary
Gear ratio requirement
unnecessary
Output end Output shaft diameter: ( )mm, torque requirement: ( ) kgfcm
Input tooth: N shaft U shaft other types Input rotational ( )rpm
Input end speed
normal temperature and humidity (with the temperature between ‐10 ℃ to 40
Environmental ℃, and the humidity below RH 85% (no condensation) operating temperature and
temperature humidity (with the temperature between ( ) ℃ to ( ) ℃, and the humidity below
or above RH 85% )
Modulus No. of Pressure angle Helical Direction of Other
teeth angle rotation requirements
Technical
information Shift Spanned Spanned tooth Heat Accuracy
coefficient tooth thickness treatment
count

Remarks
PeeiMoger. Technical inquiries: 886‐3‐3299968 / FAX: 886‐3‐3297778

254
255
Memorandum

256
 Memorandum

257
Memorandum

258
ƒ Taiwan Head Office ƒ Tianjin Factory
No.14, Chazhuan Rd., Gueishan Township, Taoyuan No.9, Beijing St., Jinnan (Shuanggang) Economic
County 33349 Development Zone, Tianjin City
TEL: 886‐3‐3195466 (operator) TEL: 86‐22‐2858‐7528 (operator)
FAX: 886‐3‐3191320 FAX: 86‐22‐2858‐7697
E‐mail: [email protected] E‐mail: [email protected]
Website: http://www.peei.com.tw

ƒ Taichung Branch Office ƒ Japan Branch Office

12F.‐1, No.1, Ln. 111, Sec. 3, Fuxing Rd., South 7F, Edobori Building, 1‐24‐12TAT, Edobori, Nishi‐Ku,
District, Taichung City Osaka, Japan
TEL: 886‐4‐22261196 TEL: 81‐6‐6448‐2066
FAX: 886‐4‐22261197 FAX: 81‐6‐6448‐2068
E‐mail: [email protected] E‐mail: [email protected]
Website: http://www.hokuyaku.net/

1904C601.007/2010.XX.XXXX
PEI‐EI reserves the right to change the
design of the catalog